Palm Cell Phone P120EWW User Manual

®
TM  
Palm Pixi User Guide  
© 2009 Sprint. SPRINT and the logo are trademarks of Sprint. Other  
marks are the property of their respective owners.  
v. 1.0, webOS 1.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows XP: Open My Computer.  
Important Privacy Message – Sprint’s policies often do  
not apply to third-party applications. Third-party  
applications may access your personal information  
or require Sprint to disclose your customer  
Mac: Open Finder.  
Linux (Ubuntu): The drive is displayed on the  
desktop.  
information to the third-party application provider. To  
find out how a third-party application will collect,  
access, use, or disclose your personal information,  
check the application provider’s policies, which can  
usually be found on their website. If you aren’t  
comfortable with the third-party application’s  
policies, don’t use the application.  
Other Linux distribution: The location of the drive may  
vary by system.  
After you open the Palm Pixi drive, double-click the file  
Open Source Information.pdf.  
Recycling and disposal  
This symbol indicates that Palm products  
should be recycled and not be disposed of in  
unsorted municipal waste. Palm products  
should be sent to a facility that properly  
recycles electrical and electronic equipment.  
For information on environmental programs visit  
As part of Palm’s corporate commitment to be a good  
steward of the environment, we strive to use  
environmentally friendly materials, reduce waste, and  
develop the highest standards in electronics recycling.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Your Palm® Pixi™ Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
Section 2: Your Palm® PixiTM Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Use Sprint TV® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183  
NASCAR Sprint Cup MobileSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184  
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Users of Other Palm® Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
foreground and work with it. For more information, see  
Welcome  
The Palm® Synergy™ feature: The Palm® Synergy™  
feature on your Pixi phone displays information from  
several sources in a single view, so you can access  
your info quickly, without having to remember where  
you stored it.  
Your Palm® Pixi™ Phone  
Your Palm® Pixi™ phone puts Palm’s multitasking,  
gesture-based operating system, the Palm® webOS™  
platform, inside a small, beautiful device. Here are a few  
highlights of your new phone.  
For example, suppose you have a Google account for  
personal email, contacts, and calendar events, and an  
Exchange account for your corporate email, contacts,  
and events. The Email, Contacts, and Calendar  
applications on your Pixi phone all provide a kind of  
view in which you can see information from both of  
those accounts in one place—but even though the  
information is brought into one view, the sources of that  
information are kept separate. For more information,  
read about linked contacts, layered calendars, and the  
Gestures: On your Pixi phone, you make calls, move  
around, and manage your applications and info by  
making simple gestures either on the touchscreen or in  
the gesture area directly beneath the screen. For more  
animations that demonstrate these gestures. The  
introductory piece in your Pixi phone’s box has a  
detachable gesture guide to put in a pocket and  
consult when you need to—you won’t need it very long.  
page 294 for the current list of online accounts that you  
can set up on your phone and for information about  
the behavior of these accounts.  
Multitasking: You can have many applications open at  
once and easily move among them. Go to the  
Launcher to open apps. See the lineup of your open  
apps in Card view. Tap an app to bring it into the  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Thanks also to the Synergy feature, in the Messaging  
application, all your conversations with the same  
person are grouped together in one chat-style view. If  
you start an IM chat with Ed, for example, you can  
continue the same conversation when Ed signs out of  
IM by sending him a text message—and you can see it  
all in the same view. For more information, see  
frequent backups of any of your info that is stored only  
on your phone and isn’t synchronized with an online  
account.  
Information” on page 270 for information that  
helps you safely use your phone. Failure to read  
and follow the important safety information in this  
guide may result in serious bodily injury, death, or  
property damage.  
Universal search: Need to call Ed? Just type ed on the  
keyboard. If he’s listed in your Contacts, you can get his  
numbers from the search results. Tap a number and  
you’ve made the call. Search works just as fast when  
you need to search the web. For more information, see  
About This User Guide  
We know you’re eager to start using your Palm® Pixi™  
phone right away, and the sections of this guide are  
designed to help you do just that.  
Sync: Your Pixi phone gives you synchronization  
without a cable. You can sync with online services that  
Palm has partnered with so that you can store and  
sync your info in online accounts. You can access your  
data even when you are not able to make a connection  
to the Web because a copy of your data is stored on  
the device.  
Section 1: Your Setup guides you through the  
process of setting up your new phone and your  
Sprint service.  
Section 2: Your Palm® PixiTM Phone shows you the  
basics of your phone and service with quick,  
easy-to-follow instructions. This section also  
describes the call features on your phone and shows  
you how to use Sprint service features such as  
Your Palm profile: When you set up your phone, you  
create a Palm profile. Your profile gives you access to  
services like automatic updates and automatic,  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
voicemail and call waiting. This section also shows  
you how to use the camera and how to transfer and  
listen to music files on your phone. Finally, it guides  
you through the process of using the full-featured  
organizer that gives you instant access to your  
contacts, calendar, tasks, memos, and more.  
Where Can I Learn More?  
While Using Your Phone  
On-device Help: Read short how-tos and watch  
animations on your new phone.  
Wireless Connections shows you how to use Web  
browsing, messaging, and email. It also describes  
Bluetooth® wireless technology.  
To view all Help: Open Help  
.
To view Help topics for a single application: Open the  
application, open the application menu, and tap  
Help.  
Section 4: Your Resources answers frequently asked  
questions and shows you what to do if something  
goes wrong.  
Online Support from Sprint: Visit  
sprint.com/palmpixisupport to access this User Guide,  
how-to videos, tutorials, and helpful support  
information.  
recommended safety and maintenance guidelines  
and lists the technical specifications for your Pixi  
phone.  
Online support from Palm: Visit palm.com/support to  
edit your Palm profile, watch how-to animations, learn  
about transferring data, and read comprehensive  
information about your phone.  
WARNING: Please refer to “Regulatory and Safety  
Information” on page 270 for information that  
helps you safely use your phone. Failure to read  
and follow the important safety information in this  
guide may result in serious bodily injury, death, or  
property damage.  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
On your Palm® Pixi™ phone  
Open Phone . and do any of the following:  
Check minute usage and account balance: Enter *4  
and tap  
Make a payment: Enter *3 and tap  
Access a summary of your Sprint service plan or get  
answers to other questions: Enter *2 and tap  
From any other phone  
If You Need More Information  
Sprint Customer Service: For questions about your  
account or features available on the network, contact  
Sprint or visit sprint.com for the latest information and  
help.  
.
.
Manage Your Account  
.
Sprint Customer Service: 1-888-211-4727.  
Access your account information.  
Business Customer Service: 1-800-927-2199.  
Check minute usage (depending on your Sprint  
service plan).  
Sprint 411  
View and pay your bill.  
You have access to a variety of services and  
information through Sprint 411, including residential,  
business, and government listings; assistance with  
local or long-distance calls; movie listings; and hotel,  
restaurant, shopping, and major local event  
information. There is a per-call charge and you are  
billed for airtime.  
Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment.  
Purchase accessories.  
Shop for the latest Sprint phones.  
View available Sprint service plans and options.  
Learn more about data services and other great  
products like games, ringtones, and more.  
Open Phone  
. Enter 411 and tap  
.
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Sprint Operator Services  
Sprint Operator Services provides assistance with  
placing collect calls or with placing calls billed to a  
local telephone calling card or third party.  
Open Phone  
. Enter 0 and tap  
.
To learn more and to see the latest in products and  
services, visit Sprint online at sprint.com.  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 1  
Your Setup  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
account: Do not turn on your new phone yet. Wait  
until your old phone is deactivated. After your old  
phone is deactivated, you go online to activate the  
number on your new phone. From your computer’s  
Web browser, go to sprint.com/activate and complete  
the onscreen instructions to activate your phone.  
1A. Set Up Service  
If you have problems with activation, contact Sprint  
Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727 from another  
phone.  
Complete Setup  
1. Press and hold the power button  
on the  
Set Up Your Phone  
upper-left corner of your phone until you see the  
Palm® logo on the screen (approximately five  
seconds).  
Activate Your Phone  
2. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete setup.  
(To create a Palm profile, enter a working email  
page 17). If you have a Palm profile from an old  
webOS phone that you no longer use, you can  
enter that profile email address and username to  
download that profile information to your new  
phone. But if you are still using the other phone,  
you must create a new Palm profile for your Pixi  
If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store: It is  
probably activated and ready to use.  
If you received your phone in the mail, and it is a new  
Sprint account or a new line of service: Your phone is  
designed to activate automatically after you complete  
If you received your phone in the mail and you are  
activating a new phone for an existing number on your  
16  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
phone—you can’t use the same profile on two  
phones.)  
What Is a Palm Profile?  
Your Palm profile gives you the following benefits:  
3. Your phone is ready to use. (To learn how to make  
page 21.)  
Automatic system and software updates are sent to  
your phone.  
A Palm profile account is automatically created for  
you on your phone. In this account you can store  
Contacts and Calendar info that you don’t store in  
online accounts like Google or Exchange.  
Verify Your Profile  
After you finish setup, look for an email on your  
computer at the address you used for your Palm  
profile. Click the link in the email to do the following:  
Note: You cannot access Palm profile data on the profile  
website—you can access the data on your phone only.  
Verify your Palm profile.  
Info stored in your Palm profile account, as well as in  
other sources of info on your phone (like Memos and  
Tasks), is automatically backed up to servers  
administered by Palm.  
Select a security question and answer.  
Follow a link to learn about getting data like contacts  
and appointments onto your phone from your  
desktop organizer software (see “How Do I Get Data  
Should your phone be lost or stolen, you can do a  
remote erase of the info on the phone.  
Tip: If you don’t see the confirmation email in your Inbox,  
check your spam mail folder in your desktop email  
program.  
Note: If you want to erase data on your phone while you are  
still in possession of the phone—for example, before  
you give it to someone else—don’t do a remote erase.  
Instead, do a partial or full erase from the phone itself  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
17  
   
For detailed information about your Palm profile, see  
Turn the Screen On/Off  
Turn the screen on and leave the wireless services  
turned off when you want to use only the organizer  
features, for example, when you’re on a plane and you  
must turn off all wireless services, but you want to look  
at your calendar.  
Setting up a Palm profile is different from setting up  
email on your phone. To set up email, see “Set Up  
Email” on page 187. To change your Palm profile  
information after you have set it up, see “Update Your  
To turn the screen on, press power  
. Drag  
up to  
unlock the screen.  
Turn the Phone On/Off  
Your Pixi phone’s screen can be turned on and off  
separately from its wireless services (which are the  
Phone  
app and Bluetooth  
app). This means  
you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer  
features of your device (Calendar, Contacts, Tasks,  
Memos, and so on) without turning on the phone and  
other wireless features. Also, when the screen is turned  
off, the phone can be on and ready for you to receive  
phone calls or messages.  
*
Power  
To turn the screen off, press power  
.
18  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
To save power, the screen dims automatically after a  
period of inactivity and then turns off. You can be on a  
call when the screen dims and turns off—this does not  
affect the call. To brighten the screen after it dims, tap  
the screen.  
When your phone is in airplane mode, the airplane  
mode icon appears at the top of every screen, and  
Airplane Mode appears in the upper-left corner of the  
screen in the Launcher, Card view, and Phone. Your  
phone is not connected to any mobile network.  
Tip: You can set how long the screen stays on during a  
Turn Wireless Services Off (Airplane  
Mode)  
Airplane mode turns off your phone as well as the  
Bluetooth® wireless technology feature. Use airplane  
mode when you are on a plane or anywhere else you  
need to turn off all wireless services. You can’t browse  
the Web, but you can still use apps like Calendar,  
Contacts, Photos, Music, Doc View, and PDF View.  
Do one of the following:  
Tap the upper-right corner of any screen to open the  
connection menu. Tap Turn on Airplane Mode.  
*
These indicate that wireless services are off  
(airplane mode).  
Press and hold power  
and tap Airplane Mode.  
1A. Set Up Service  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Tip: When your phone is in airplane mode, you can turn the  
Bluetooth feature on individually (see “Turn the Bluetooth  
Feature On/Off” on page 226). To turn your phone back  
on, you must turn airplane mode off.  
Turn Wireless Services On  
When you turn on your phone, it connects to a mobile  
network so that you can make and receive phone calls  
and use other wireless services (if supported by the  
local network).  
Tap the upper-right corner of any screen to open the  
connection menu. Tap Turn off Airplane Mode.  
When your phone locates a signal, Sprint appears in  
the upper-left corner of the screen in the Launcher,  
Card view, and Phone, and the signal-strength  
appears at the top of the screen.  
icon  
*
These indicate that wireless services are on.  
When you are inside a phone coverage area, the bars  
on the signal-strength icon are filled in. If you’re  
outside a coverage area, the bars in the signal-strength  
icon appear dimmed with an X.  
20  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Turn Everything (the Screen and Wireless  
Services) On/Off  
Usually, turning your phone off and/or putting it in  
airplane mode is sufficient for normal periods when  
you have the phone with you but you’re not using it. On  
rare occasions, however, you may want to put your  
phone into deep sleep because you are not going to  
use it for an extended period. At those times, do the  
following:  
Note: When you turn everything off, the phone’s alarms,  
ringer, and notifications are also turned off.  
To turn both the screen and wireless services back on:  
Press and hold power  
To turn both the screen and wireless services off: Press  
.
and hold power  
and tap Turn Off.  
Make Your First Call  
1. Press power  
. (This wakes up the screen.)  
up to unlock the screen.  
2. If necessary, drag  
3. Tap  
.
4. Tap numbers on the dial pad.  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
21  
           
Tip: Press the onscreen backspace icon to delete numbers  
you’ve entered.  
5. Tap  
to dial.  
6. Tap  
to end the call.  
For more ways to make calls, see “Make Calls” on  
Adjust Call Volume  
When you’re on a call, press the volume up or volume  
down button on the side of your phone to adjust the  
call volume.  
1 Volume up  
2 Volume down  
Set Up Your Voicemail  
Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered  
calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or  
turned off. You should set up your Sprint voicemail and  
personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated.  
Always use a passcode to protect against unauthorized  
access.  
22  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
To set up your voicemail:  
Create Sprint Account Passwords  
1. Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card  
view.  
As a Sprint customer, you enjoy unlimited access to  
your personal account information, your voicemail  
account, and your data services account. To ensure  
that no one else has access to your information, you  
need to create passwords to protect your privacy.  
2. Press and hold 1  
Sprint voicemail system. (When the search results  
screen appears, continue holding 1  
Phone application appears.)  
on the keyboard to dial the  
until the  
3. Follow the voice prompts to do the following:  
Create your password.  
Account Password  
Record your name announcement.  
Record your greeting.  
If you are the account owner, you create an account  
username and password when you sign on to  
sprint.com. (To get started, click Need to register for  
access? in the sign-in area of the website.) If you are  
not the account owner (if someone else receives the  
bill for your Sprint service), you can get a subaccount  
password at sprint.com.  
Note: Voicemail Passcode: Sprint strongly recommends  
that you create a passcode when setting up your  
voicemail to protect against unauthorized access.  
Without a passcode, anyone who has access to your  
phone is able to access your voicemail messages.  
For more information about using your voicemail, see  
Voicemail Password  
You create your voicemail password when you set up  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
23  
               
Data Services Password  
You can elect to set up an optional data services  
password to control access and authorize Premium  
Service purchases.  
To learn more or to change your passwords, sign on to  
sprint.com, or call Sprint Customer Service at  
1-888-211-4727.  
24  
1A. Set Up Service  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Section 2  
Your Palm® PixiTM Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware  
2A. Basics  
What’s in the Box?  
All of the following items are in the phone box:  
Printed Material  
Get Started Guide.  
Features Guide.  
Palm warranty.  
Palm® Pixi™ phone.  
USB cable.  
End User License Agreement.  
AC charger.  
26  
2A. Basics  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1
2
Earpiece  
Get to Know Your Phone  
Touchscreen: Tap and make other gestures  
directly on the screen. See “Touchscreen” on  
Gesture area: Make the back gesture and begin  
other gestures here.  
Front View  
3
4
5
6
Microphone  
Ringer switch: Slide to turn the ringer and  
notification sounds on or off. (Red means off.) The  
ringer switch does not affect music or video  
playback sounds. By default, Clock alarms sound  
when the ringer switch is off.  
7
8
Volume up/down  
Charger/microUSB connector  
Important: Be careful not to scratch, crush, or apply too much  
pressure on the touchscreen. Do not store your  
phone in a place where other items might  
damage it.  
2A. Basics  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Keyboard  
Touchscreen  
1
Option: Press to enter numbers, punctuation, and  
symbols that appear above the letters on the keys.  
Space  
2
3
4
5
Backspace  
Enter: Press to enter a line return (for example, in  
a memo or in an email message you are  
composing) or to accept information you entered  
1
2
Application name: Displays the name of the  
currently open application. Tap the name to open  
6
Sym: Press to enter symbols and accented  
characters that don't appear on the keys. See  
28  
2A. Basics  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3
4
5
Scroll arrow: Swipe up or down to see icons that  
are on the page but hidden.  
Connection icons: Show the status of wireless  
service connections and battery strength (see  
to open the connection menu.  
Page indicators: Show how many Launcher  
pages are to the right or the left of the currently  
displayed page. Swipe left or right on the screen  
to see other pages.  
Item  
Description  
The battery is fully charged.  
The battery is low. See “Charge the  
Airplane mode is turned on. This means  
that the phone and Bluetooth® wireless  
technology feature are off (incoming calls  
go to voicemail). See Turn Wireless  
6
7
Notification icons: Show missed calls, new  
voicemail and email messages, and more. Tap the  
bottom of the screen to view notification details  
The phone is on. The number of filled-in  
bars denotes signal strength. See “Turn  
Your phone is connected to a 1x data  
network. Data is not currently being  
transmitted over the network. See “I Can’t  
Icons in the Title Bar  
You can monitor the status of several items using icons  
in the area at the top of the phone screen:  
Item  
Description  
Your phone is connected to a 1x data  
network and data is being transmitted  
over the network.  
The battery is being charged.  
2A. Basics  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Item  
Description  
Item  
Description  
Your phone is connected to an EvDO  
data network. Data is not currently being  
transmitted over the network. See “I Can’t  
Your phone is performing a search on the  
characters you entered. If you are in Card  
view or the Launcher, your phone  
conducts a universal search (see “Search  
If you are in an application such as  
Contacts or Memos, your phone  
Your phone is connected to an EvDO  
data network and data is being  
transmitted over the network.  
searches for items within the app that  
match the search term you entered.  
Your phone is on and connected to the  
Sprint network.  
Your phone is in roaming coverage. See  
The phone is searching for the Sprint  
network.  
TTY is turned on. See “Enable TTY/TDD”  
The Sprint network is not available.  
Bluetooth® wireless technology is turned  
on. See “Bluetooth® Wireless Technology”  
HAC is turned on. See “Enable HAC” on  
A Bluetooth connection is in progress.  
A Bluetooth connection has been made.  
30  
2A. Basics  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Back View  
Top View  
1
2
3.5mm headset jack  
Power: Press to wake up or turn off the screen.  
Press and hold to turn your device and all wireless  
services completely off and to turn your device  
back on after having turned it completely off.  
Charge the Battery  
When the battery is very low, the battery  
icon in the  
upper-right corner of the screen changes to red. When  
the battery is fully charged, the icon appears full and  
changes to green  
.
1
2
3
Camera flash  
Camera lens  
Speaker  
2A. Basics  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
1. On the right side of your phone, open the  
charger/microUSB connector.  
WARNING: Use only batteries and chargers that are  
approved by Sprint and Palm with your phone.  
Failure to use a battery or charger approved by  
Sprint and Palm may increase the risk that your  
phone will overheat, catch fire, or explode,  
resulting in serious bodily injury, death, or  
property damage. Use of unapproved third-party  
power supply accessories may damage the  
phone and void the Limited Warranty for the  
product.  
Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge  
to complete the setup process, we recommend that  
after setup you charge your phone until the battery  
icon in the upper-right corner of the screen is full to  
ensure that the battery is fully charged.  
See s for tips on making your battery’s power last  
longer.  
32  
2A. Basics  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Connect the small end of the USB cable to the  
charger/microUSB connector.  
Tip: You can also charge your phone battery by connecting  
your phone to your computer using the USB cable.  
Charging this way takes much longer than using the AC  
charger. Do not, however, connect the Palm®  
TouchstoneTM charging dock (sold separately) to your  
computer.  
Maximizing Battery Life  
Battery life depends on how you use your phone. You  
can maximize the life of your battery by following a few  
easy guidelines:  
Charge your phone whenever you can. Charge it  
overnight. The battery has a much longer useful life  
when it is topped off frequently than when it is  
charged after it is fully drained.  
Set your screen to turn off automatically after a  
shorter period of inactivity (see “Set the Interval for  
3. Connect the other end of the USB cable to the AC  
charger.  
Keep your battery away from direct sunlight and  
other sources of heat. Temperatures over 45 degrees  
Celsius can permanently reduce the capacity and life  
span of any lithium-ion battery.  
4. Plug the AC charger into a working outlet.  
2A. Basics  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
As with any mobile phone, if you are in an area with  
no wireless coverage, your phone continues to  
search for a signal, which consumes power. Turn off  
your phone if you are outside a coverage area (see  
page 19).  
You can buy an extra battery as a spare for long  
plane trips or periods of heavy use. To purchase  
batteries that are compatible with your phone, go to  
Turn off the Bluetooth (see “Bluetooth® Wireless  
Services” on page 214) features when you are not  
using them.  
If you set up an email account in the Email  
application, set the interval to automatically  
download email to every two hours or less frequently  
Lower the screen brightness (see “Change Screen  
Keep in mind that frequent use of instant messaging  
(IM) can reduce battery life.  
Turn the phone completely off if you won’t be using it  
for an extended period of time (see “Turn Everything  
page 21).  
34  
2A. Basics  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
phone fast. You make most gestures with one finger.  
For a few, you need two. Make gestures with the tip of  
your finger. Do not use your fingernail. Don’t bear  
down.  
2B. Move Around on Your  
Phone  
To see short animations illustrating how to do gestures,  
go to palm.com/support or tap Clips in Help on your  
information on how to open Help).  
You make gestures in two areas on your phone: the  
touchscreen and the gesture area. The gesture area is  
the black area extending along the bottom of the  
screen.  
Use Gestures: Tap, Swipe, Drag,  
Flick, Pinch  
*
Gesture area  
Gestures are an important, basic part of your phone.  
They’re easy to learn, and they make working with the  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
35  
         
Tap the center of the gesture area to minimize the app  
working in an application, the gesture area displays a  
lighted bar in the center. The lighted bar also appears  
when you tap the center of the gesture area to  
maximize a card in Card view.  
Basic Gestures  
Tap: Tap with the tip of the finger—not the fingernail. Tap  
fast and firmly, and then immediately lift your fingertip  
off the screen. Don’t bear down on what you’re tapping.  
Don’t wait for a response; the response comes after  
you lift your finger. Don’t linger on the gesture; a tap  
takes a split second to do.  
Tap the center of the gesture area to do the following:  
When you’re working in an application, tap the  
center of the gesture area to see Card view. Card view  
shows you all the applications that are currently  
open, displayed as a series of cards (small active  
windows).  
When you’re in Card view, tap the center of the  
gesture area to maximize the app in the center of the  
view.  
36  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Swipe: A swipe is most often a horizontal gesture, from  
right to left or left to right. Do it fast, do it lightly. In a  
swipe, your fingertip just skims the surface of the  
touchscreen or gesture area.  
writing a memo, make the back gesture to close and  
save the memo and return to the display of all your  
memos. When you make the back gesture in an  
application and that’s the only screen of that app that’s  
open, you minimize the app and go back to Card view.  
In Web, the back gesture performs the same function  
as the back button on the browser, allowing you to  
move back through previously viewed pages.  
One kind of swipe you’ll use a lot: Back. Make the back  
gesture from right to left anywhere in the gesture area.  
Back takes you up one level from a detailed view to a  
more general view of the application you’re working in.  
For example, when you finish reading an email  
message, make the back gesture to close the message  
and return to your list of messages. Or when you finish  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
37  
   
The forward gesture, which is a swipe from left to right  
anywhere in the gesture area, allows you to move  
forward through previously viewed Web pages.  
Forward is available in Web only.  
One kind of drag that you’ll use a lot brings up Quick  
Launch when you’re in an application. This drag  
gesture begins in the gesture area and ends on the  
touchscreen. As your fingertip slowly crosses the  
border between the gesture area and the touchscreen,  
it seems to drag Quick Launch into view. To open one  
of the apps in Quick Launch, move your finger to its  
icon. When you see the app name appear, lift your  
finger. The application opens.  
Drag: Drag is the gesture you make for a slow scroll up  
and down a list. Slide your fingertip slowly along the  
surface—no need to bear down.  
You also make the drag gesture as part of a drag and  
drop.  
Flick: As its name tells you, this is a quick gesture, great  
for scrolling long lists. Do it fast, do it lightly; as with a  
swipe, your fingertip just skims the surface. The faster  
you flick, the faster and farther you scroll up or down a  
list.  
38  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Scroll Gestures  
Scroll slow: Drag the screen in the desired direction.  
To close an application in Card view, flick the card up  
toward the top of the touchscreen. This is called  
throwing the card off the top of the screen.  
In some applications, such as Email and Messaging,  
you can throw a list item off the side of the screen to  
delete the item.  
If an application is maximized, you can flick up from the  
gesture area to the screen to minimize the app and  
display Card view. This is the up gesture. If you make  
the up gesture when Card view is displayed, you open  
the Launcher.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Scroll fast: Flick the screen in the desired direction.  
Stop scrolling: Tap or drag the screen while scrolling.  
40  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Zoom out/pinch in (to decrease the size of items on the  
screen in Email, Web, Photos, Doc View, PDF View,  
Google Maps): Place two fingers on the screen and  
bring them together.  
Zoom Gestures  
Zoom in/pinch out (to increase the size of items on the  
screen in Email, Web, Photos, Doc View, PDF View,  
Google Maps): Place two fingers on the screen and  
spread them slowly apart.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
41  
     
Zoom in or out a fixed amount (in Web, Photos, Doc  
View, PDF View): Double-tap the screen.  
Text Selection Gestures  
information on working with text you’ve selected.  
Insert the cursor in a text field: Tap the location.  
42  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Move the cursor: Tap the location to insert the cursor.  
Press and hold Option . Place your finger anywhere  
onscreen and drag your finger in the direction you want  
to move the cursor.  
Select text when you can see a cursor: Tap the location to  
insert the cursor. Press and hold Shift . Place your  
finger anywhere onscreen and drag your finger in the  
direction you want to select text. Tap the highlighted  
text to deselect it.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
43  
 
Select a paragraph of text: When you cannot insert a  
cursor in the text—for example, on a Web page or in an  
email message you received—the smallest amount of  
text you can select is a whole paragraph. Press and  
hold Shift  
, and then tap a paragraph. Tap an  
adjacent paragraph to add it to your selection (you  
can't skip around). If you need to scroll down to select  
the next paragraph, release Shift  
Shift , and tap the paragraph. Tapping any part of  
the highlighted selection deselects it..  
, scroll, press  
44  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Drag and Drop  
Delete a List Item  
Tap and hold the item, drag it, and then lift your finger  
to drop it. Sometimes you get a visual cue that the item  
is ready to be dragged. For example, an icon in the  
Launcher is ready to be dragged when you see a halo  
around the icon. A card in Card view is ready to be  
dragged when it changes size and becomes  
transparent.  
Throw the item off the side of the screen. If prompted,  
tap Delete to confirm the deletion.  
The delete gesture is available in applications such as  
Email, Messaging, Tasks, Music, and Bluetooth. If you  
can’t delete a list item by throwing it, open the item and  
look in the application menu for a delete command.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
45  
     
Tip: To delete multiple list items, throw each one off the  
screen. If you get the Delete confirmation prompt after  
throwing the first item, you don’t need to tap it—just throw  
the second item, and the first deletion is confirmed  
automatically.  
Open Applications  
You can have as many applications open at one time  
as you like, limited only by the amount of memory  
available on your phone at the time.  
Quick Launch can display no more than five icons. By  
default it displays, from left to right, Phone, Contacts,  
Email, Calendar, and the Launcher. You can change the  
order of icons (except the Launcher icon) in Quick  
page 52), or swap in whatever applications you like  
Open an Application in Quick Launch  
Quick Launch is the bar of five icons that is always  
available at the bottom of Card view and the Launcher.  
To open an application from Quick Launch, just tap the  
icon.  
When an application fills the whole screen, make the  
following gesture to display Quick Launch and open  
one of its applications.  
46  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
1. Drag up slowly from the gesture area to the screen.  
Open an Application in the Launcher  
Note: Don’t confuse this “drag up” with the up gesture, which  
is a flick up from the gesture area to the screen that  
displays Card view.  
The Launcher displays all your applications that are not  
on Quick Launch. The Launcher includes multiple  
pages, which you can organize to group apps the way  
2. Move your finger to the application icon. (When  
you see the app name appear, lift your finger. The  
application opens.)  
1. Tap the center of the gesture area to open Card  
view, and tap  
.
Tip: You can also open the Launcher by flicking up twice  
from the gesture area to the screen. If you are in Card  
view, just flick up once to open the Launcher.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
2. To find the app you want, swipe up or down to see  
all the icons on a page. (Swipe left or right to see  
other pages.)  
To close the Launcher, do one of the following:  
Tap the center of the gesture area.  
Tap  
.
Make the up gesture: Flick up from the gesture area to  
the screen.  
Open an Application Using Search  
1. Tap the center of the gesture area to open Card  
view.  
2. Enter the name of the application.  
3. When the application icon appears in the search  
results, tap it.  
Work With Applications  
1 Arrow indicates that you can swipe up to see  
partially or fully hidden icons.  
2 Page indicators show that there are two Launcher  
pages to the right—swipe right to left on the screen  
to see them.  
Go Up One Level in an App (Back  
Gesture)  
The back gesture takes you up one level from a  
detailed level to a more general view of the application  
3. Tap the application icon.  
48  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
you're working in. For example, when you finish  
reading an email message, make the back gesture to  
close the message and return to your list of messages.  
Or when you finish writing a memo, make the back  
gesture to close and save the memo and return to the  
display of all your memos. When you make the back  
gesture in an application and that's the only screen of  
that app that's open, you minimize the app and go  
back to Card view.  
Display All Open Applications (Card View)  
Card view displays open applications as small cards, so  
that you can easily scroll through them and drag them  
to change their order.  
When an application fills the screen and you want to  
go to Card view, do one of the following:  
Tap the center of the gesture area.  
To make the back gesture, swipe right to left anywhere  
in the gesture area.  
Make the up gesture: Flick up from the gesture area to  
the screen.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
49  
           
Move Among Open Applications  
Reorder Open Cards  
(Card View)” on page 49), swipe left or right on the  
screen to see other open apps.  
(Card View)” on page 49), tap and hold a card to  
further reduce the size of the cards.  
Tip: You can also tap anywhere on the screen around the  
cards to reduce the size of the cards.  
2. Tap and hold a card, and after the card becomes  
transparent, drag it to another position.  
2. Tap a card to maximize the application.  
Tip: You can also maximize the center card in Card view by  
flicking down from the screen to the gesture area.  
Tip: You can set a preference to move among open apps  
without first going to Card view (see “Turn Advanced  
50  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
another one. You can remove any application except  
the Launcher.  
Close an Application  
(Card View)” on page 49), throw the card off the top  
of the screen.  
1. Open the Launcher. (Quick Launch appears at the  
bottom.)  
2. Tap and hold a Quick Launch icon, and after the  
halo appears around the icon, drag it onto the  
Launcher.  
Change the Applications That Appear in  
Quick Launch  
3. Tap and hold a Launcher icon, and after the halo  
appears around the icon, drag the icon onto the  
Quick Launch bar.  
If Quick Launch contains five icons, you must remove  
an application from Quick Launch before you can add  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
51  
     
2. After the halo appears around the icon, drag it to  
another location.  
Reorder Quick Launch Icons  
You can change the position of any Quick Launch icon  
except the Launcher icon.  
3. To move the icon to another page, drag it to the left  
or right edge of the screen. (Don’t release the icon  
until the new page appears.)  
1. In Card view, tap and hold a Quick Launch icon.  
2. After a halo appears around the icon, drag it to  
another location.  
Delete an Application  
You can delete applications that you have installed on  
your phone.  
Reorder Launcher Icons  
1. In the Launcher, tap and hold an icon.  
52  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
1
Space  
1. While pressing and holding Option , tap the app  
icon.  
2
3
4
5
2. Tap Delete.  
Backspace  
Tip: You can also delete an application you installed by  
opening the Launcher, opening the application menu,  
and tapping List Apps. On the list of applications, tap and  
hold an app name, and tap Delete.  
Enter: Press to enter a line return (for example, in  
a memo or in an email message you are  
composing) or to accept information you entered  
6
Enter and Save Information  
Use the Keyboard  
Enter Uppercase Letters  
By default, the first letter of each sentence or field is  
capitalized and the remaining text you enter is  
lowercase. To enter other uppercase letters, do one of  
the following:  
Press Shift  
symbol appears:  
and press the letter key. The Shift  
. You don’t need to hold down  
Shift while you press the letter key.  
Turn on Caps Lock: Press Shift  
twice. The Caps  
Lock symbol appears:  
.
Turn off Caps Lock: Press Shift  
.
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
53  
               
Enter Alternate Keyboard Characters  
Enter Characters From the Symbols Table  
Numbers, punctuation, and symbols appear above the  
letters on the keys. To enter these characters, do one of  
the following:  
You can enter symbols and accented characters that  
don't appear on the keys by using the symbols table.  
for a list of the available symbols and accented  
characters.  
Press Option  
and press the key for the character.  
. You  
The alternate character symbol appears:  
don’t need to hold down Option while pressing the  
second key.  
1. Press Sym  
to display the symbols table.  
2. Narrow the list by pressing the key that  
corresponds to the character you want. (For  
example, to enter an é, press e. See the table  
below for a list of corresponding characters.)  
Enter a series of alternate characters: Press Option  
twice to lock the alternate character feature. The  
alternate character lock symbol appears:  
.
Turn off the alternate character feature: Press  
Tip: The symbols and accented characters are grouped  
according to their similarity to the corresponding key. In  
some cases, the symbol is related to the alternate  
character on the key, not the letter. For example, to type a  
¢ or other currency symbol, press Sym + h. Why?  
Because the alternate character on the H key is $.  
Option  
.
Enter Passwords  
You can see each character of a password only as you  
enter it, so be careful. Be sure Caps Lock and alternate  
character lock are off unless you need them. For  
information on how to enter characters, see “Enter  
Tip: If you press the wrong key, press Backspace to return to  
the full list of symbols and accented characters. You can  
then press another key.  
3. Scroll to find the character you want.  
4. Tap the character to insert it.  
54  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Symbols and Accented Characters  
Press Sym  
and press…  
to select…  
o or O  
ó ò ö ô œ õ ø Ó Ò Ö Ô Œ Õ Ø º  
“ ” „ < > « »  
Press Sym  
and press…  
to select…  
p or P  
q or Q  
r or R  
s or S  
¶ ~ \ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø μ |  
a or A  
á à ä â ã å æ Á À Ä Â Ã Å Æ ª ~  
\ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø μ |  
\ ~ |  
® ²  
b or B  
c or C  
d or D  
e or E  
h or H  
i or I  
~ \ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø μ |  
© ç Ç ¢  
ß š Š ~ \ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø  
|
† ‡  
t or T  
u or U  
v or V  
w or W  
x or X  
y or Y  
z
™ ³ ¾  
é è ë ê ? É È Ë Ê € ¹ ¼ ½  
ú ù ü û Ú Ù Ü Û [ ] { } < > « »  
¢ € £ ¥ ƒ  
í ì ï î Í Ì Ï Î ÷ ‰  
¡
^
÷ ^  
j or J  
x ¤  
k or K  
l or L  
:-) :-( ;-)  
ÿ ý Ÿ Ý ¥ [ ] { } < > « »  
? ? •  
` ‘ ’ ‚  
"
m or M  
n or N  
μ :-) :-( ;-)  
ñ Ñ ¿  
, or _  
~ \ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø μ |  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
55  
 
Press Enter  
pressing Enter accepts the information you just  
entered and jumps the cursor to the next field.  
. If a screen contains multiple fields,  
Press Sym  
and press…  
to select…  
.
… ~ \ ` • ÷ ^ [ ] { } < > « » Ø μ  
|
When you are done entering information on the  
screen containing the field, make the back gesture to  
accept the information and back out of the screen  
@
° • Ø  
Enter Information in a Field  
Select Items in a List  
You can enter information in a field by typing or by  
pasting previously copied information (see “Cut, Copy,  
Lists enable you to select from a range of options. Lists  
are different from menus (see “Use the Menus” on  
page 58), which give you access to additional features.  
Applications with text fields support the auto-correct  
feature. If the app recognizes a common misspelling, it  
auto-corrects the word. To cancel the auto-correction,  
Lists are hidden until you tap the currently displayed  
option for that list.  
press Backspace  
.
1. Tap the currently displayed option to open the list.  
(For example, when creating a new event in  
To accept the information you entered, do one of the  
following:  
Tap outside the field.  
56  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Calendar, tap 15 minutes before to display the list of  
reminder options.)  
2. Tap the list item you want.  
Cut, Copy, and Paste Information  
You can cut or copy any selectable text. This includes  
text you can select by dragging the cursor and  
paragraphs you can select by tapping them (see “Text  
1. Select the text you want to cut or copy (see “Text  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
57  
     
2. Open the application menu and tap Edit > Cut or  
Other apps offer a Select All menu item. For example,  
in Memos, you can open a memo, open the  
application menu, and tap Edit > Select All. This  
highlights the full memo text, which you can cut or  
copy.  
Copy.  
3. Open the app and insert the cursor where you  
want to paste the text (see “Text Selection  
4. Open the application menu and tap Edit > Paste.  
Save Information  
Tip: You can also use keyboard shortcuts to cut, copy, and  
paste. After selecting the text or inserting the cursor, press  
and hold the gesture area until a light appears under the  
surface of the gesture area, and press X (cut), C (copy), V  
(paste), or A (copy/select all, in apps that support this  
feature).  
On most screens, your information is saved  
automatically. Just make the back gesture to close  
Gesture)” on page 48), and your info is saved at the  
same time.  
On screens with a Done button, tap Done to save  
your information.  
Use the Copy All or Select All Feature  
Some applications offer a Copy All menu item. For  
example, in Messaging, you can start or open a  
conversation, open the application menu, and tap  
Edit > Copy All. This saves the entire conversation as  
plain text, which you can paste in a memo, email  
message, and so on. The Copy All feature is also  
available in Contacts on a contact’s details screen,  
enabling you to copy the contents of that contact entry  
as plain text.  
Use the Menus  
Most applications have an application menu hidden in  
the upper-left corner, which provides access to  
additional features. There is also a connection menu  
hidden in the upper-right corner, which provides  
access to wireless services.  
58  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Some applications have additional menus. For  
example, in Photos, tap an open picture and tap  
display a menu of tasks you can do with the picture  
to  
To get the most out of your phone, it’s a good idea to  
familiarize yourself with the additional features available  
through the menus in various applications.  
Open the Application Menu  
The application menu contains options for the  
application you are working with, such as Cut and  
Copy, Preferences, Help, and other application-specific  
commands.  
Drag down from the upper-left corner of the  
phone (above the screen) onto the screen.  
1. Do one of the following:  
2. Tap a menu item to open it. (If a menu item  
Tap the application name in the upper-left corner  
of the screen.  
displays a right-pointing arrow  
, tap the item to  
open a submenu of options for that item—for  
example, tap the Edit menu item to open a  
submenu containing Cut, Copy, and Paste options.  
If the menu displays a downward-pointing arrow  
at the bottom, it means that more options are  
available. Scroll the menu to see the additional  
options.)  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
59  
     
1. Do one of the following:  
Tap the upper-right corner of the screen.  
*
Application menu  
Open the Connection Menu  
Drag down from the upper-right corner of the  
phone (above the screen) onto the screen.  
The connection menu lets you manage wireless  
services—the phone and Bluetooth® wireless  
technology.  
2. Tap a menu item to turn that wireless feature on or  
off or to open a list of options for that feature (see  
page 19 for more information). If the menu displays  
Did You Know? The connection menu also displays the  
current day and date and the battery charge  
level.  
a downward-pointing arrow  
at the bottom, it  
means that more options are available. Scroll the  
menu to see the additional options.)  
60  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Search to Find Info and Make Calls  
Use Universal Search  
You can search for contacts and applications on your  
phone, or search the Web.  
1. Open Card view (see “Display All Open  
2. Begin typing a search term or keyword (see  
page 62). (As you type, search displays any  
contact names and application names that match  
the character or application names that are  
associated with the keyword. As you continue  
typing, the search results narrow.)  
Tip: You can also start a search by copying text in another  
application, opening the Launcher, and pasting the text.  
The text appears at the top of the screen as the search  
term. Note that you can’t paste text in Card view.  
3. Do one of the following:  
To look up or get in touch with someone: Tap a  
contact name to open the person’s contact  
information. Tap a phone number to dial it, an  
email address to send a message, and so on. If  
only the contact name is displayed, tap the name  
to display ways to get in touch. You can also tap  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
61  
         
Add Reminder to add a reminder message to the  
Application Name Keywords  
Clock  
Alarm, Time, Watch  
To perform a Web search: Tap the search term you  
entered to open a list of Web search options, and  
tap the option. If your search returns no contacts  
or applications, the Web search options are  
displayed automatically.  
Contacts  
Date & Time  
Device Info  
Doc View  
Email  
Addresses, People  
Clock, Settings, Preferences  
Settings, Preferences, Reset  
Word, Excel, PowerPoint  
Mail  
To open an application: Tap the application.  
Universal Search Application Keywords  
Google Maps  
Maps  
Location Services Settings, Preferences  
If you don’t know the name of the app you are  
searching for, you can enter a keyword associated with  
the app. This table shows the keywords you can use to  
find an app on your phone.  
Memos  
Messaging  
Music  
Notes, Stickies, Notepad  
Text, SMS, MMS, IM, Instant Chat  
Songs, Tunes, Audio  
Acrobat  
Application Name Keywords  
PDF View  
Phone  
App Catalog  
Backup  
Store  
Dial  
Settings, Preferences  
Settings, Preferences, Wireless  
Datebook, Meetings, Events  
Photos  
Pictures  
Bluetooth  
Calendar  
Regional Settings Settings, Preferences  
62  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
You can also enter a search term in the Help  
application to search for help content related to the  
term.  
Application Name Keywords  
Screen & Lock  
Wallpaper, Security, Desktop,  
Brightness, Unlock, Gestures,  
Settings, Preferences  
View and Respond to Notifications  
Sounds &  
Ringtones  
Audio, Music, Volume, Vibrate,  
Silent, Settings, Preferences  
Respond to a Notification  
Tasks  
To Do, Todos, Checklist  
Settings, Preferences  
Movies  
Updates  
Videos  
Web  
Notifications show up at the bottom of the screen to  
notify you of new voicemail and messages, upcoming  
appointments, missed calls, and more.  
Browser, Blazer, Internet  
Videos, Movies  
YouTube  
Search Within an Application  
In applications such as Contacts, Memos, Doc View,  
and PDF View, you can search for entries or files. From  
the list view, enter the file name; a few words from a  
memo; or a contact name, initials, address, or number.  
See the individual application sections for details.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
63  
           
1. Tap anywhere on the bottom of the screen to  
display your notifications.  
Do one of the following:  
Tap the notification to act on it.  
2. Tap a notification to act on it. (If a notification icon  
has a number next to it, the number indicates how  
many items are included in the notification—how  
many voicemail or email messages you have, and  
so on.)  
For some types of notifications, throw the notification  
off the side of the screen to dismiss it.  
View All Your Notifications  
For most types of notifications, if you do not tap a  
notification after a few seconds, it becomes an icon in  
the lower-right portion of the screen.  
64  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
you have installed on your phone. Update notifications  
are sent to your phone automatically when an  
application update is available (see “Respond to an  
Reorder Notifications and Other  
Dashboard Items  
The area that displays all of your notifications (see  
dashboard.  
In addition to receiving update notifications, you can  
manually check for software or application updates at  
page 67).  
Tap and hold a dashboard item, and then drag it to a  
different location.  
Throw a dashboard item off the side of the screen to  
dismiss it.  
Respond to a System Software  
Notification  
Update the Software on Your Phone When you get a notification that a system update is  
available, do one of the following:  
Tap Install Now twice. When installation is complete  
and the phone resets, tap Done. Installation may take  
around 15 minutes.  
Palm continually provides updates to your phone’s  
operating system. Update notifications are sent to your  
phone automatically when a system update is available  
page 65). When you update your phone’s operating  
system, your personal information and files are not  
affected.  
Tap Install Later. The next time you charge your  
phone, you receive another update notification. You  
can again choose whether to install the update now  
or later. If you do not tap Install Later within 10  
minutes of receiving the notification, installation  
begins automatically.  
What’s more, both Palm and many application  
developers make updates available for applications  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
65  
               
Respond to an Application Update  
Notification  
Note: You can use your phone while updates are being  
downloaded, but you cannot use your phone while  
system updates are being installed—including making  
emergency calls.  
When you get a notification that an update is available  
for one or more applications, tap the notification and  
then do one of the following:  
Important: Do not remove the battery while updates are being  
installed.  
Tap an individual application name to open App  
Catalog. From App Catalog, you can view application  
details and install that app (charges may apply; see  
Here is some additional information about system  
updates:  
Your phone automatically downloads the update  
over Sprint’s network as long as the battery has at  
least a 30% charge and you have an EvDO data  
Tap Install Free to install only those applications that  
you can download free of charge.  
connection, as indicated by the  
icon at the top of  
Tap Install All to install all applications available for  
download (charges may apply).  
the screen. Your phone cannot download an update  
over a 1xRTT data connection, as indicated by the  
icon at the top of the screen.  
Important: Do not remove the battery while updates are being  
installed.  
If the battery has less than a 30% charge, you must  
charge the battery before you can download or  
install an update.  
To avoid roaming charges, updates are not  
downloaded if your phone is in roaming coverage.  
66  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Manually Check for Updates  
1. Open Updates  
.
Tap Download Now.  
When prompted, tap Install Now.  
After installation has finished and the phone  
resets, tap Done.  
2. If a message appears stating that a system update  
is available, do the following:  
3. If one or more application updates are available,  
do one of the following:  
Tap an individual application name to open App  
Catalog. From App Catalog, you can view  
application details and install that app (charges  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
67  
   
Tap Install Free to install only those updates that  
you can download free of charge.  
1. Open App Catalog  
.
Tap Install All to install all updates available for  
download (charges may apply).  
Note: You cannot use your phone while updates are being  
installed.  
Important: Do not remove the battery while updates are being  
installed.  
Browse Applications in App Catalog  
Use App Catalog to browse and download any of the  
many applications available for your phone. App  
Catalog contains both free apps and apps you can  
buy.  
Note: Applications you installed on your old Palm OS® by  
ACCESS or Windows Mobile smartphone do not work  
on your Pixi phone, because your Pixi phone uses the  
new Palm® webOS™ platform. Check App Catalog for  
a new version of your old favorites. Or purchase the  
Classic app from App Catalog. Classic enables you to  
run Palm OS applications on your Pixi phone.  
2. The first time you open App Catalog, tap Accept.  
3. Swipe right or left on the thumbnails to see  
featured applications, or do one of the following:  
To search by name: Tap Search, enter the search  
term, and press Enter  
To search apps by category: Tap Explore. To view  
categories in an alphabetical list, tap . To view  
them as a tag cloud  
.
.
68  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
6. On the app details screen, do any of the following:  
Did You Know? In a tag cloud, categories that have more  
items or more popular items appear in a  
larger font size, giving you a visual clue as to  
which categories you might want to explore.  
To find the most recently added apps: Tap Recent.  
To find the most popular apps: Tap Popular.  
4. (Optional) To sort the list of applications or your  
browse results by date, name, rating, or price, tap  
one of the icons at the bottom of the screen, and  
tap a sort method.  
5. When the app you want appears, tap the name to  
display app details.  
Tap a screenshot to see a larger view.  
Tap Reviews to read all reviews.  
Tap Share and then tap Email or Text Message to  
send a link to the app.  
Tap Developer Website to go to the app  
developer’s home page.  
If available, tap Support to go to the developer’s  
product support page.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
69  
Download a Free Application  
Buy an Application  
Before You Begin: Before you download an app, make sure  
you have enough storage space on your  
phone to fit the app. Open Device Info  
and look at the Available field under  
Phone.  
Before You Begin: Before you purchase and download an  
app, make sure you have enough  
storage space on your phone to fit the  
app. Open Device Info and look at the  
Available field under Phone.  
1. Open App Catalog  
.
1. Open App Catalog  
.
2. Browse to the app you want (see “Browse  
2. Browse to the app you want (see “Browse  
3. Tap the app name, and then tap Download for free.  
3. Tap the app name, and then tap Download for  
[amount].  
4. If the app uses Location Services, a notification is  
(Tap Continue.)  
4. If the app uses Location Services, a notification is  
(Tap Continue.)  
Did You Know? After you download an application, you can  
tap Reviews on the app details screen to see  
reviews from others. Or, on the Reviews  
5. Do one of the following:  
If you have set up a billing account: If prompted,  
enter your Palm profile password to authorize the  
purchase, and tap Continue.  
screen, tap Review to write a review.  
5. After you download an app, tap Tap to launch to  
open it. (The app also now appears as an icon in  
the Launcher, so you can open it from the Launcher  
as well.)  
Note: If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three  
times, a message appears that explains how you can  
contact Palm support for help.  
70  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
If you have not set up a billing account: Tap  
Continue. Enter your Palm profile password, and  
4. Do one of the following:  
To report a problem with an application: Open the  
application menu and tap Report A Problem.  
To delete an application: Open the application  
menu, tap Delete Application, and then tap Delete.  
6. Tap OK.  
Did You Know? After you purchase an application, you can  
tap Reviews on the app details screen to see  
reviews from others. Or, on the Reviews  
To reinstall a deleted application: Browse to the  
on page 68), tap the app name, and tap  
screen, tap Review to write a review.  
Download. You do not need to buy the app again.  
7. After you download an app, tap Tap to launch to  
open it. (The app also now appears as an icon in  
the Launcher, so you can open it from the Launcher  
as well.)  
Update Downloaded Applications  
1. Open App Catalog  
2. Tap  
.
.
Tip: If you delete a purchased application you can reinstall it  
without paying for it again (see “Manage Applications” on  
page 71).  
3. Tap Updates. (The list displays any of your installed  
apps that have updates available.)  
4. Tap an app name, and tap Update Available.  
Manage Applications  
5. To launch an updated app, tap Tap to Launch.  
1. Open App Catalog  
2. Tap and tap Applications.  
3. Tap the app name.  
.
Set Up a Billing Account  
1. Open App Catalog  
.
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
71  
                 
2. Do one of the following:  
After four hours, you enter your password again  
for the first purchase, which starts a new  
four-hour window.  
Tap an app you want to buy and tap Continue.  
Open the application menu, tap Preferences &  
Accounts, and tap Add Account.  
Every Purchase: You must enter your password for  
each purchase, regardless of the time interval.  
3. Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue.  
Note: If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three  
times, a message appears that explains how you can  
contact Palm support for help.  
Update or Delete a Billing Account  
1. Open App Catalog  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
4. Tap the credit card type you want to use. (Enter  
your credit card and billing address details, and  
tap Submit.)  
Accounts.  
3. Tap your account name.  
Important: Your credit card details are not stored on your  
phone. They are encrypted and stored in your Palm  
profile.  
4. Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue.  
5. Do one of the following:  
Edit the account information: Change the  
information as needed and tap Submit.  
5. Tap OK to verify your email address, or tap Change  
This Address to enter a different one. (Purchase  
receipts are sent to the address shown here.)  
Delete the account information from your phone:  
Tap Remove Account.  
6. In Password is Required, select one of the following:  
Once every 4 hours: You must enter your  
password the first time you make a purchase. If  
you make any other purchases within four hours,  
you don’t need to enter your password again.  
72  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
1. Connect your phone to your computer with the  
Copy Files Between Your Phone  
and Your Computer  
USB cable.  
2. On your phone, tap Media Sync.  
3. The first time you use Media Sync mode, an alert  
warns you that you cannot make or receive calls or  
text messages. (Tap OK.)  
Copy iTunes Media Files From Your  
Computer to Your Phone  
4. Your phone is now in Media Sync mode. (On your  
computer, iTunes opens automatically.)  
Use media sync to easily transfer pictures, videos,  
podcasts, and DRM-free music files from iTunes on  
your computer to your phone.  
Note: You can synchronize supported DRM-free music,  
videos, TV shows, podcasts, and pictures, but you  
cannot sync iTunes contacts, calendar events, or  
games.  
While you use media sync, you can’t make or receive  
calls or use other wireless features such as email or the  
Web.  
5. Follow the steps in iTunes to synchronize files to  
your phone.  
Key Term: DRM-free: Describes a file that is not protected by  
Digital Rights Management. DRM-free music files  
can be copied as many times as you like and can  
be played on your Pixi phone. To learn more about  
DRM-free music, go to apple com and search on  
iTunes Plus.  
6. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
when iTunes indicates that it is safe to do so.  
Tip: Media sync is a one-way transfer only, from iTunes on  
your computer to your phone. To transfer music files from  
your phone to iTunes on your computer, you can  
download the Palm Music Assistant. Go to  
Did You Know? You can copy music files using USB Drive  
page 74).  
palm.com/music-assistant for information.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
73  
         
Copy Other Types of Files Between Your  
Phone and Your Computer  
Before You Begin: Before you copy files from your computer,  
make sure you have enough storage  
space on your phone to fit the file. Open  
Device Info and look at the Available field  
under Phone.  
You can copy any type of file from a computer to your  
phone, and from your phone to your computer, by  
putting your phone in USB Drive mode.  
1. Connect your phone to your computer using the  
USB cable.  
After you copy a file to your phone, you can open the  
file if your phone has an application that supports the  
file type. You can open many file formats for photos,  
videos, and music; Microsoft Office files; and PDF files.  
2. On your phone, tap USB Drive. (On your computer,  
your phone appears as a removable drive.)  
3. On a Windows computer, if the Found New  
Hardware wizard opens, click Cancel to close the  
wizard.  
Important: All files that you store on the USB Drive of your  
phone are not backed up to your Palm profile, and  
they cannot sync to any of your online accounts. So  
be sure to keep a copy of all such files somewhere  
besides your phone just in case you lose your  
phone or you must do a full erase of the info on  
your phone.  
4. Open My Computer (Windows XP), Computer  
(Windows Vista), or the Finder (Mac), double-click  
the drive representing your phone, and drag and  
drop files to your phone. (The drive displays folders  
that you can use to organize the files you copy. You  
can also create your own folders.)  
When your phone is in USB Drive mode, you can’t  
make or receive calls or use other wireless features  
such as email or the Web.  
5. On a Windows computer, to end the connection  
safely, right-click the drive representing your phone  
and click Eject. (On a Mac computer, from your  
desktop, drag the drive representing your phone to  
the Trash. Trash changes to Eject.)  
74  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
6. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when  
the USB Drive screen is no longer displayed on  
your phone.  
2B Move Around on Your Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
75  
 
don’t want to do this, there are other ways to get data  
on your phone.  
2C. Transferring Data  
Consider carefully whether you’ll want to be able to  
access and change your data somewhere besides  
your phone. If you do, do you prefer the other means of  
access to be a website (for example, Google), or to be  
software that is installed on your computer? In either  
case, you can set things up so that you can  
synchronize new or changed data between your phone  
and the other data location.  
You could also decide not to have a sync setup for  
your data, in which case you can use your Palm profile  
to back up your data (see “Backup” on page 164). You  
can’t access this data anywhere but on your phone.  
However, your data is backed up, and in an emergency  
(such as a lost or stolen device), you can remove the  
data on your lost or stolen phone and restore it to a  
new Pixi phone.  
Data Transfer Overview  
While you have many options for transferring data,  
Palm recommends that you take advantage of the  
Palm® Synergy™ feature by putting your data in an  
online account—for example, if you don’t have a Google  
account, we recommend that you create one and store  
76  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3. Enter your username and password for the Google  
How Do I Get Data From My Old  
Phone?  
or Exchange account.  
Note: You don’t have to go to Calendar to set up your  
account there—that’s done automatically using the  
username and password you enter in Contacts.  
4. Go to a Sprint store and ask a support agent for  
help in transferring data from your old phone.  
(When you're ready to transfer data from your old  
phone, be sure to tell the agent which account to  
transfer the data to.)  
How Do I Get Data Off My  
Computer?  
Do you want to sync your personal information  
between your Pixi phone and Google or Exchange, but  
first need to get your data out of an old phone that you  
want to stop using? You can do a one-time, one-way  
transfer of data to your Pixi phone, and then sync the  
data to Google or Exchange.  
1. On your computer, set up an account on the  
Google website (go to gmail.com) or with Microsoft  
Exchange (speak to an IT person at your  
company).  
2. Open Contacts  
on your Pixi phone.  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
77  
               
Do you want to sync your personal information  
between your Pixi phone and Google or Exchange, but  
first need to get the data out of a desktop app that you  
want to stop using? You can do a one-time, one-way  
transfer of data to your phone, and then if you choose  
to, sync the data to Google or Exchange.  
4. To transfer data from a desktop app that you want  
to stop using, go to palm.com/migrate-pixi for more  
information about the Data Transfer Assistant  
(DTA)—it’s a free download from Palm.  
About the Data Transfer Assistant  
1. On your computer, set up an account on the  
Google website (go to gmail.com) or with Microsoft  
Exchange (speak to an IT person at your  
company).  
The DTA enables you to do a one-time, one-way export  
of data from selected desktop apps to your Pixi phone  
through the USB cable included with your phone. After  
the data is on your phone, you can select the account  
you want to import the data to.  
2. Open Contacts  
on your Pixi phone.  
3. Enter your username and password for the Google  
Important: The DTA is not synchronization software. It is meant  
to be used once per desktop app, to export your  
info from the desktop app to an account on your  
phone.  
or Exchange account.  
Note: You don’t have to go to Calendar to set up your  
account there—that’s done automatically using the  
username and password you enter in Contacts.  
78  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
These are the desktop apps that the DTA works with,  
and what data the DTA transfers to your phone:  
Desktop application  
Windows XP or Vista® Outlook 2003 or 2007  
Palm Desktop v6.2  
Contacts  
Calendar  
Yes  
Tasks  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Memos/Notes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Mac OS 10.5  
Address Book  
iCal  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Note the following:  
Do you use Palm Desktop on the Mac? Don’t worry,  
you can export your contacts, calendar events, and  
tasks into Address Book and iCal. Then use the DTA  
to transfer your data. For more information, go to  
Depending on the amount of data you are  
transferring, it can take up to a few hours to transfer  
data with the DTA.  
On Vista, only Outlook 2007 is supported.  
If you have an earlier version of Palm Desktop, you  
can download version 6.2 for free from  
palm.com/desktop. Install it, sync with your old Palm  
device, and then use the DTA to transfer your data.  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
79  
           
all you need to do is set up one or more of these  
accounts on your phone.  
I’m Already Using Google,  
Facebook, and/or Microsoft  
Exchange  
Set up your Pixi To sync this data...  
phone to  
sync with...  
Google  
Contacts and calendar events  
Contacts, calendar events, and tasks  
Contacts and calendar events  
Exchange  
Facebook  
Note: Changes you make in your Facebook account on the  
Web show up on your phone. Contacts and calendar  
events you add or change on your phone, however, do  
not automatically update your Facebook account on  
the Web.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Enter your account credentials for your Google,  
Facebook, or Exchange account.  
Note: You don’t have to go to Calendar to set up your  
account there—that’s done automatically using the  
credentials you entered in Contacts.  
If you are already using Google, Facebook, and/or  
Exchange to manage your calendar and contacts, then  
80  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Palm® Desktop by ACCESS on Windows—consider  
adopting this solution.  
I Want to Keep Using My Current  
Desktop App and Sync With an  
Online Account on My Phone  
Download and install a third-party application (sold  
separately) that can sync your desktop app to Google.  
Your desktop app syncs with your Google account,  
and your phone also syncs with Google.  
1. On your computer, set up an account on the  
Google website (go to gmail.com).  
2. Open Contacts  
on your Pixi phone.  
3. Enter the account credentials for your Google  
account.  
Note: You don’t have to go to Calendar to set up your  
account there—that’s done automatically using the  
username and password you enter in Contacts.  
4. Install a third-party application on your computer  
that enables you to sync with Google. (Go to  
palm.com/migrate-pixi to learn about available  
third-party sync solutions.)  
5. Follow the instructions of the third-party app to  
sync the data in your desktop app with Google.  
(The next time Google syncs with your phone, your  
data appears on your phone.)  
If you want to continue using a desktop app to store  
your contacts, calendar events, and tasks—iCal and  
Address Book on the Mac, or desktop Outlook® or  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
81  
       
I Don’t Need to Sync, but I Do Want  
a Copy of My Data Backed Up  
Somewhere Besides My Phone  
Use the Data Transfer Assistant to move your data into  
your Palm profile account. For information on your  
Palm profile account, see “Backup” on page 164.  
82  
2C. Transferring Data  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
2D. Phone  
*
These indicate that the phone is on.  
Make Calls  
For information on turning the phone off and back on,  
2D. Phone  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
1. Open Phone  
.
2. Tap the dial pad numbers to enter the number.  
3. Tap  
to dial.  
*
These indicate that the phone is off (airplane  
mode).  
Dial Using the Onscreen Dial Pad  
The onscreen dial pad is useful when you need to dial  
numbers that are expressed as letters and when you  
need large, brightly lit numbers that you can tap.  
84  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Dial Using the Keyboard  
Tip: Press Backspace or tap the onscreen backspace icon  
(to the right of the number you enter) to delete numbers  
one at a time. Tap and hold the icon to delete all the  
numbers.  
1. In the Launcher or Card view, use the keyboard to  
enter the number. (You do not need to press  
Option  
to enter numbers, *, or #.)  
Tip: You can paste numbers copied from other applications—  
for example, from an email message or a memo—into the  
dial pad.  
Tip: To enter +, tap and hold 0 onscreen.  
Dial by Contact Name Using Universal  
Search  
1. Open Card view (see “Display All Open  
2. Begin typing the contact first or last name, or  
initials.  
2. When you finish entering the number, tap it to dial.  
3. Tap one of the contact’s phone numbers to dial it.  
(If only the contact name appears, tap the name to  
display the phone numbers for that contact, and  
tap the number.)  
Tip: You can also enter a number with the keyboard when the  
dial pad is displayed. After entering the number, tap the  
onscreen dial icon to dial.  
Tip: To enter +, press and hold the 0 key on the keyboard.  
2D. Phone  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Dial Using a Speed Dial  
for instructions on creating a speed dial.  
In the Launcher, Card view, or Phone, press and hold  
the speed-dial key you assigned to the number.  
Dial by Contact Name in the Phone  
Application  
Contacts?” on page 121 for instructions on adding  
contacts to your phone. You can also look up and dial  
contacts using universal search (see “Dial by Contact  
Did You Know? If you press E, R, or any other key that displays  
both a letter and a number, you see both  
matching names and numbers onscreen.  
1. Open Phone  
.
Did You Know? If your company uses Microsoft Exchange  
Server with a Global Address List (GAL),  
2. Using the keyboard, enter a name or initials until  
the contact you want appears.  
entering the contact search information  
returns matching results from the GAL as well.  
3. Tap the number.  
86  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
appears prompting you to turn it on. You don't  
have to press Option to enter numbers.)  
Tip: If you do not want contact matches to appear when you  
type a number on the keyboard, you can turn off the  
Show Contact Matches preference (see “Show Contact  
Matches” on page 97). When this preference is off, you  
can still dial by contact name in the Phone application.  
After opening Phone, tap the contact list icon to the right  
of “Enter name or number.” Type the contact name or  
initials, and tap the number when it appears.  
Dial From Another Application  
If a phone number appears in another application as  
an underlined link, you can begin dialing the number  
directly from that application. For example, you can dial  
phone numbers that appear in Web pages, in  
messages (email, text, or multimedia), or in notes to  
calendar events.  
Redial the Last Number Dialed  
1. Open Phone  
.
1. If a phone number appears as an underlined link,  
tap the number. (This displays the dial pad with the  
number already entered.)  
2. Tap . (When the contact name or number  
appears at the top of the screen, tap  
dial.)  
again to  
2. Tap  
to dial.  
Dial Your National Emergency Number  
Receive Calls  
To dial 911, do the following:  
1. Press power  
to wake up the screen.  
If you want to answer calls, your phone must be on.  
This is different from having only the screen turned on  
phone is off, your calls go to voicemail.  
2. Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card  
view.  
3. Enter the emergency number, and tap the number  
to dial. (If the phone is turned off, a notification  
2D. Phone  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
If the screen is off, drag  
and answer the call.  
up to unlock the screen  
Tip: You can pick the ringtone for incoming calls (see “Select  
set a ringtone for individual contacts as well (see “Add a  
Did You Know? If you are playing music or a video on your  
phone and a call arrives, playback pauses  
automatically and resumes when you hang  
up or ignore the call.  
Answer a Call  
Tip: You can see a photo of the person calling you by  
assigning a caller ID photo. See “Add a Photo to a  
Do one of the following:  
If the screen is on when the phone starts ringing,  
tap  
.
Silence the Ringer on an Incoming Call  
When you silence the ringer on an incoming call, you  
can answer the call or let it ring through to voicemail.  
Do one of the following:  
Press power  
.
Press volume up or volume down.  
Slide the ringer switch off (red means off). This  
silences the ringer and any notification sounds.  
These sounds remain off until you slide the ringer  
switch back on. Other sounds, such as music and  
video playback, are not affected by sliding the ringer  
switch off.  
88  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
2. Follow the voice prompts to listen to your  
messages.  
Ignore a Call  
To send a call immediately to voicemail, do one of the  
following:  
What Can I Do During a Call?  
Tap  
.
Press power  
twice.  
Your phone offers many advanced telephone features,  
including call waiting and three-way conferencing.  
These features depend on your service plan. Contact  
Sprint for more information.  
To reply to a caller who is in your Contacts list after you  
ignore a call, tap the ignored call notification. This  
opens the caller’s contact entry, where you can select a  
reply method. To reply to a caller who’s not in your  
Contacts list, go to your call history (see “View Your  
While you’re on a call, info about the call appears on  
the call screen. When you’re on a call, you can open  
other applications and work in them, and you won’t  
Use Voicemail  
If you created a reminder in the contact info of a caller,  
the reminder appears as a notification when you make  
a call to or receive a call from the person. See “Assign  
1. Do one of the following:  
In the Launcher, Card view, or Phone, press and  
hold 1  
.
Tap a voicemail notification at the bottom of the  
screen.  
Open Phone  
. Then tap  
.
Open Phone  
. Then tap and hold 1 onscreen.  
2D. Phone  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Add a call: See “Make a Second Call” on page 91.  
Manage a Call  
Adjust call volume: Press volume up or volume down.  
Do any of the following:  
Put the call on speaker: Tap  
.
1 Volume up  
Mute the microphone so you can’t be heard: Tap  
.
2 Volume down  
Tip: You don’t need an on-hold button to put a call on hold.  
Just tap the mute icon to mute your end of the line.  
Did You Know? You can send and receive text messages  
during a call. This is a great way to stay  
connected with friends and colleagues during  
a long call.  
Open the dial pad to enter numbers for navigating  
phone trees, responding to prompts, and so on:  
Tap  
.
90  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
End a Call  
Tap  
.
Use Another Application While on a Call  
While you’re on a call, you can use many other  
applications on your phone, for example, the personal  
information applications (Contacts, Calendar, and so  
on). You can also send and receive text messages. But  
you can use the network for only one activity at a time—  
phone (which includes text messaging) or data—so you  
cannot use the network to browse the Web, send and  
receive email, or send and receive multimedia or  
instant (IM) messages when you are on a call.  
Make a Second Call  
1. Open the Launcher or Quick Launch while on a call.  
1. While on a call, tap  
.
2. Tap the other application.  
2. Dial the second call.  
3. Tap the call notification at the bottom of the screen  
to return to the call screen.  
Answer a Second Call (Call Waiting)  
When a second call notification appears, tap  
first call is put on hold.  
. The  
2D. Phone  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Sprint for more information. Additional charges may  
apply and minutes in your mobile account may be  
deducted for each call you make.  
Swap Between Two Calls  
You can swap between calls only if the second call is  
incoming.  
1. While you’re on a call, make a second call. (This is  
the limit of conference callers. Check your service  
plan about conference calls.)  
Tap  
to put the active call on hold and switch to  
the other caller.  
2. Tap  
to create the conference call.  
Make a Conference Call  
3. Do one of the following:  
Tap to end all calls.  
When you’re on a call, you can make a second call  
and create a three-way conference call, provided that  
the service is available in your area. Please contact  
92  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ask one of the callers to hang up, so you can stay  
connected to the other caller.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
(Your phone number appears at the top of the  
Phone Preferences screen.)  
Look Up or Send a Message to a Contact  
When you’re on a call with a contact, tap the contact  
name to see the person’s information in Contacts. With  
the contact entry open, you can do the following:  
Tap  
to send the contact a text message. For  
example, if the contact is on hold while you’re having  
a long conversation with a second caller, you can  
send the contact a text stating you’ll call him or her  
back.  
Tap Edit to edit the contact entry. For example, if a  
contact gives you his or her new email address while  
you’re talking, you can enter the address during the  
call.  
View Your Call History  
What’s My Number?  
1. Open Phone  
2. Tap  
.
.
1. Open Phone  
.
2D. Phone  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
3. Do any of the following:  
Clear the call history: Open the application menu  
and tap Clear Call History.  
Did You Know? In the call history, outgoing calls are  
designated by a right-pointing green arrow,  
and incoming calls are designated by a  
left-pointing blue arrow. Missed calls are  
designated by a bent red arrow. Ignored calls  
are designated by a red X.  
Save a Phone Number to Contacts  
You can save the number from an incoming or  
outgoing call to an existing contact, or create a new  
contact for the number. If an incoming call uses caller  
ID blocking, you cannot save the number.  
Switch the types of calls displayed: Tap All Calls or  
Missed Calls.  
Call a number: Tap the number.  
1. Do one of the following:  
Save the number to Contacts: Tap  
to the right  
Before dialing a number you entered in the dial pad:  
of the number (see “Save a Phone Number to  
Tap Add to Contacts.  
During a call: Tap  
After a call: From the dial pad, tap  
the right of the number, and tap Add To Contacts.  
.
View a contact entry: Tap  
or the contact  
. Tap  
to  
picture to the right of the number.  
Delete a call history entry: Throw the entry off the  
side of the screen. Tap Delete to confirm.  
94  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
2. Tap one of the following:  
Use a Wired Headset  
Save As New: Create a new contact for the phone  
Your phone works with headsets that have a 3.5mm  
connector (look for three colored bands on the plug).  
When in doubt, ask the third-party headset  
manufacturer if the product is compatible with your  
phone. If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone  
performance, your headset may be incompatible with  
your phone.  
number.  
Add To Existing: Tap the contact you want to add  
the phone number to.  
Use a Phone Headset  
1. Connect the headset. (While on a call, the  
You can connect a 3.5 mm headset (sold separately)  
for hands-free operation.  
icon changes to  
.)  
2. The headset button performs different actions  
depending on the headset model and what’s  
happening on the phone. Press the headset button  
once to perform any of the following tasks  
supported by your particular headset:  
WARNING: If driving while using a phone is permitted in your  
area, we recommend using a headset or  
hands-free car kit (sold separately). However, be  
aware that use of a headset that covers both ears  
impairs your ability to hear other sounds. Use of  
such a headset while operating a motor vehicle  
or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to  
you and others, and may be illegal. If you must  
use a stereo headset while driving, place a  
speaker in only one ear. Leave the other ear free  
to hear outside noises, and use the headset only  
if it is legal and you can do so safely.  
Answer an incoming call.  
Respond to call waiting.  
Hang up a single active call or all calls on a  
conference call.  
2D. Phone  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3. If you want to stop using the headset, do any of the  
Note: You can use a stereo (A2DP-enabled) Bluetooth  
headset or speakers to listen to music files on your  
phone. You cannot, however, use a mono Bluetooth  
headset to listen to music files.  
following:  
Switch from the headset to your phone’s speaker:  
Tap  
and tap Speaker.  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
Switch from the wired headset to a previously  
paired Bluetooth® hands-free device: Tap  
tap the device name.  
and  
2. If the Bluetooth setting at the top of the screen is  
off, tap Off to switch the Bluetooth feature from Off  
to On.  
Use your phone without the headset: Disconnect  
the headset.  
3. Tap Add device and tap the device name.  
Set Up and Use a Bluetooth® Hands-Free  
Device  
4. To use a Bluetooth device with your phone, follow  
the instructions that came with the Bluetooth  
device.  
5. To switch to another Bluetooth device while on a call:  
Your phone is compatible with many headsets and car  
kits (sold separately) enabled with Bluetooth® wireless  
technology version 2.1, with EDR and stereo (with  
AVRCP media controls).  
Tap  
and tap the new device name. (You can  
also tap Handset or Speaker to use your phone  
without the headset.)  
Tip: If you make a Bluetooth connection with a car kit, you  
might get a notification on your phone asking if you want  
to upload contacts to the car kit. Tap Allow to upload  
contacts. If you later want to delete the contacts from the  
car kit, check the car kit documentation for instructions.  
After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset  
or hands-free car kit, you can communicate using that  
device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth  
feature on your phone is turned on. The range varies  
greatly, depending on environmental factors. The  
maximum is about 10 meters.  
96  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
For more information on using the Bluetooth feature on  
Show Contact Matches  
By default, when you have the dial pad displayed but  
you’re using the keyboard to enter a phone number,  
both numbers and letters appear and your phone  
performs a search of matching names in Contacts. If  
you turn off this preference, typing on the keyboard with  
the dial pad displayed enters numbers only, and no  
search is done in Contacts.  
Customize Phone Settings  
Use Phone Preferences to customize phone settings.  
1. Open Phone  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. In Show Contact Matches, tap On or Off.  
Tip: If you turn off the Show Contact Matches preference,  
you can still perform a contact search in the Phone  
application. After opening Phone, tap the contact list icon  
to the right of “Enter name or number.” Type the contact  
name or initials, and tap the number when it appears.  
Use Dialing Tones  
Dialing tones, also known as DTMF tones, are the tones  
that play when you press a key to dial. A short tone  
plays briefly and then stops, no matter how long you  
2D. Phone  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
press the key. A long tone plays until you release the  
key.  
combination of prefix and digits you enter must  
add up to a complete phone number.  
1. Open Phone  
.
5. Tap Done.  
Example: A complete phone number in your  
company’s phone system has 11 numbers, for  
example, 1-408-555-1122. When dialing from a phone  
that’s part of the system, you need to dial only the last  
five digits (51122). When you create a dialing shortcut  
on your phone, you select “5 digit numbers” for When I  
Dial and enter “140855” in Use This Dialing Prefix. So  
when you dial your co-worker’s five-digit extension  
(51122), your phone automatically dials the whole  
number: 1-408-555-1122.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. In DTMF tones, tap Short or Long, and then tap the  
option you want.  
Use Dialing Shortcuts  
Dialing shortcuts add a prefix at the beginning of a  
number, so you can dial an extension instead of the  
whole number.  
1. Open Phone  
.
Set Roaming and Data Usage Preferences  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. Under Dialing Shortcuts, tap Add new number.  
4. Set the following:  
When I Dial: Tap this field and select the number of  
digits you need to enter to have your phone add a  
dialing shortcut.  
Use roaming and data usage preferences to set  
options for using your phone in your home network  
and while roaming. For example, you can set options to  
prevent placing a call or making a data connection  
while roaming, so that you avoid extra charges.  
1. Open Phone  
.
Use This Dialing Prefix: Enter the prefix to be added  
at the beginning of the dialed number. The  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
98  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3. Under Network, set any of the following:  
that the TTY device supports digital wireless  
transmission.  
Voice Network: Tap Sprint Only to allow phone calls  
only when you are on the Sprint network, or tap  
Automatic to allow roaming on other networks.  
Note: When TTY is enabled, you cannot use the headset jack  
for anything else, and all audio modes are disabled on  
your phone, including holding the phone up to your  
ear and listening.  
Data Roaming: Set whether to allow Web browsing,  
email, multimedia messaging, and instant  
messaging when you are roaming. This option  
appears only if you have set Voice Network to  
Automatic.  
1. Connect a TTY/TDD device to your phone using  
the headset jack.  
2. Open Phone  
.
Data Usage: Set whether to turn data services—Web  
browsing, email, multimedia messaging, and  
instant messaging—on or off.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
4. In TTY/TDD, tap Off to switch TTY/TDD from Off to  
On.  
Enable TTY/TDD  
Enable HAC  
A TTY (also known as TDD or text telephone) is a  
telecommunications device that allows people who are  
deaf or hard of hearing, or who have speech or  
language disabilities, to communicate by telephone.  
Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices.  
To use your phone with a hearing aid, turn on the HAC  
feature. This feature ensures that your phone can make  
the necessary connection with a hearing aid.  
1. Open Phone  
.
You can connect a TTY/TDD machine to your phone  
using the headset jack. Check with the manufacturer of  
your TTY device for connectivity information. Be sure  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. In HAC, tap Off to switch HAC from Off to On.  
2D. Phone  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Update Network Settings  
Reset the Voicemail Count  
The network settings on your phone may require  
periodic updates. Contact Sprint for information on  
recommended update frequency.  
Occasionally you may continue to receive notifications  
of new voicemail messages even after you have  
listened to or deleted all your messages. If this  
happens, use the Voicemail Count Reset preference to  
stop the notifications.  
1. Open Phone  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
1. Open Phone  
.
3. Tap Update Network Settings.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. Tap Reset Voicemail Count.  
Update the Preferred Roaming List  
The preferred roaming list contains information that  
allows you to obtain the best possible service when  
using your phone outside your home service area.  
Contact Sprint for information on recommended  
update frequency.  
1. Open Phone  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
3. Tap Update PRL.  
100  
2D. Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
2E. Photos, Videos, and  
Music  
1. Open Camera  
.
Camera  
Take a Picture  
2. The camera is set to automatically determine if the  
flash is needed. (If you want to change the flash  
Your phone comes with an easy-to-use, 2-megapixel  
camera with an LED flash. You can use the camera to  
take pictures, and then use the Photos app to view  
them and send them to your friends and family (see  
touch to your phone, use your pictures as your  
setting, tap  
to keep the flash on, and tap again  
to keep the flash off.)  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
101  
             
3. To take the picture in landscape view, turn your  
phone 90 degrees.  
Photos  
4. Press Space  
or tap  
.
Look at Pictures  
Tip: Press and hold Space to take pictures in continuous  
burst mode. Release Space to stop taking pictures.  
To get pictures on the phone, you can do any of the  
following:  
The picture you took is automatically saved in JPG  
format. Keep snapping pictures, and then go to Photos  
to look at them and delete the ones you don’t want.  
Take a picture with your phone’s camera (see “Take  
Copy pictures from your computer (see “Copy Files  
page 73).  
Review Pictures  
1. After taking a picture, tap the thumbnail of the  
picture in the lower-left corner of the screen. (This  
opens the picture in the Photos application.)  
Receive pictures as email attachments (see “Open  
Receive pictures as part of a multimedia message  
2. Swipe left or right on the screen to view other  
pictures you have taken.  
You can view a picture as an email attachment in JPG,  
GIF, BMP, or PNG format. You can view a picture as  
part of a multimedia message in JPG format. In the  
Photos application, you can view pictures you take with  
the camera or copy from your computer in JPG, BMP,  
or PNG format.  
102  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
You can also look at pictures on the Web directly in the  
Web browser (see “Web” on page 215).  
Organize Your Pictures Into Albums  
The Photos application contains the following default  
albums:  
1. Open Photos  
.
2. Tap the album containing the picture, and tap the  
thumbnail of the picture. (The Photo roll album  
contains pictures you took with your phone’s  
camera.)  
All images: Contains all pictures in JPG, BMP, and  
PNG format on your phone.  
Wallpapers: Contains default pictures that you can  
use as your wallpaper.  
Did You Know? If you use one of your own pictures as  
on page 106), that picture is not saved to the  
Wallpapers album.  
The Photos application creates additional albums  
automatically as you add the following types of pictures  
to your phone:  
Photo roll: Contains all pictures you take with your  
phone’s camera.  
Messaging: Contains any pictures in JPG format that  
you save from a multimedia message.  
3. Swipe left or right on the screen to look at other  
Downloads: Contains any pictures in JPG, BMP, or  
PNG format that you save from an email attachment.  
pictures in the album.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
103  
     
You can assign any pictures on your phone to one of  
these albums or to an album you create. To create and  
assign pictures to albums, you must put your phone  
into USB Drive mode. You then create the albums and  
move pictures into them using your computer.  
5. Assign pictures to albums using your computer’s  
controls to copy or move items. (It is easiest to find  
the pictures you want by displaying them as  
thumbnails.)  
6. On a Windows computer, to end the connection  
safely, right-click the drive representing your phone  
and click Eject. (On a Mac computer, from your  
desktop, drag the drive representing your phone to  
the Trash. Trash changes to Eject.)  
1. Connect your phone and your computer using the  
USB cable.  
2. On your phone, tap USB Drive. (If prompted, tap  
OK. On your computer, your phone appears as a  
removable drive.)  
7. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on  
your phone.  
Note: On a Windows computer, if the Found New Hardware  
wizard opens, click Cancel to close the wizard.  
Did You Know? To delete an album, connect your phone to  
your computer and tap USB Drive. From your  
computer, open the drive representing your  
phone and delete the folder representing the  
album.  
3. Open My Computer (Windows XP), Computer  
(Windows Vista), or the Finder (Mac), and  
double-click the drive representing your phone.  
4. To create an album, use your computer’s controls  
for creating a new folder. (To be sure the Photos  
application can find the album, create it at the root  
level of the drive representing your phone, not as a  
subfolder of another folder.)  
Add a Picture to a Contact  
You can also add a picture to a contact in the Contacts  
Note: The Photos application displays an album you create  
only if the album contains at least one picture in JPG,  
BMP, or PNG format.  
1. Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full-screen.  
104  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
2. If the photo header is hidden, tap the screen to  
display it.  
5. (Optional) Do either or both of the following:  
To enlarge a face or other portion of the picture,  
zoom in by making the pinch-out gesture.  
*
Photo header  
To capture the portion of the picture you want for  
the contact photo, tap and hold the picture, and  
then drag the portion you want to the center of  
the onscreen box. This portion becomes the  
contact photo.  
3. Tap  
and tap Assign to contact.  
4. Enter the contact name and tap the contact.  
6. Tap Set To Contact.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
105  
 
Save a Picture as Wallpaper  
Share a Picture  
Your wallpaper appears as the background in Card  
view.  
You can send a picture to other picture-enabled  
devices or to an email address as an attachment.  
1. Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full-screen.  
1. Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full-screen.  
2. If the photo header is hidden, tap the screen to  
display it.  
2. If the photo header is hidden, tap the screen to  
display it.  
3. Tap  
and tap Set wallpaper.  
3. Tap  
and tap Share via email or Share via MMS.  
4. Do either or both of the following:  
4. Create the email or multimedia message.  
To zoom out or in on a part of the picture, pinch  
in or out on the picture.  
Tip: You can also copy pictures from your phone to your  
To capture the portion of the picture you want to  
use as wallpaper, tap and hold the picture, and  
then drag the portion you want to the center of  
the onscreen box. This portion becomes the  
wallpaper.  
Upload a Picture to the Web  
To upload a picture to a Web service such as  
Facebook or Photobucket, you must already have an  
account with the service, and you must have the  
account set up on your phone. You can set up the  
account on your phone during the upload process, as  
5. Tap Set Wallpaper.  
106  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
described in this procedure, or you can set it up at any  
Set Up an Online Pictures Account on Your  
Phone  
1. Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full-screen.  
To upload pictures to an account you have with a Web  
service such as Facebook or Photobucket, you must  
set up the account on your phone.  
2. If the photo header is hidden, tap the screen to  
display it.  
Did You Know? If you set up a Facebook account in the  
Photos application, your Facebook contacts  
and calendar events appear in the Contacts  
and Calendar applications on your phone  
also. Likewise, if you set up a Facebook  
account in Contacts or Calendar, the account  
is already set up to allow you to upload  
pictures from Photos.. See “Online Accounts  
for information about the behavior of  
3. Tap  
and tap Upload.  
4. Do one of the following:  
If you have already set up your picture Web  
service on your phone, tap the name of the  
service you want to use.  
If you have not set up your picture Web service  
on your phone, tap Add An Account and tap the  
account type. Enter your username and  
password and tap Sign In.  
Facebook, Photobucket, and other online  
accounts on your phone.  
1. Open Photos  
.
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
107  
         
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
Delete a Picture  
1. Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full-screen.  
2. If the photo header is hidden, tap the screen to  
display it.  
3. Tap  
.
4. Tap Delete to confirm.  
Videos  
Watch a Video  
To get videos on your phone, you can do any of the  
following:  
3. Tap Add An Account, and tap the type of account  
you want to add.  
Copy videos from your computer (see “Copy Files  
page 73).  
4. Enter your account username and password and  
tap Sign In.  
Receive videos as email attachments (see “Open  
108  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Receive videos as part of a multimedia message  
You can view non-DRM videos that you receive as  
email attachments or that you copy from your  
computer in the MPEG4, H.263, H.264, MP4, M4V, 3GP,  
3GPP, 3G2, and 3GP2 formats. You can view videos  
you open in a multimedia message in MP4 format.  
Videos play on your phone in landscape orientation.  
Use the YouTube application to view YouTube videos  
Before You Begin: Before you put videos on your phone,  
make sure you have enough storage  
space on your phone to fit the file. Open  
Device Info and look at the Available field  
under Phone.  
2. Tap the video.  
Use Video Playback Controls  
1. Open Videos  
.
Playback controls automatically appear when you start  
a video. They disappear after a few seconds. Tap the  
video to manually display or dismiss the controls.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
109  
       
Tip: To skip ahead 30 seconds in a video, flick left to right on  
the screen. To jump back 10 seconds, flick right to left.  
Delete a Video  
To delete a video file from your phone, you must put  
your phone in USB drive mode and delete the video  
using your computer.  
1. Connect your phone and your computer using the  
USB cable.  
2. On your phone, tap USB Drive. (If prompted, tap  
OK. On your computer, your phone appears as a  
removable drive.)  
Control Function  
Play.  
Note: On a Windows computer, if the Found New Hardware  
Pause.  
wizard opens, click Cancel to close the wizard.  
Move forward or backward (tap and hold the  
slider, then drag forward or backward).  
3. Open My Computer (Windows XP), Computer  
(Windows Vista), or the Finder (Mac), and  
double-click the drive representing your phone.  
Switch between full-screen view and original  
size.  
4. Delete the video using your computer’s controls.  
110  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5. On a Windows computer, to end the connection  
safely, right-click the drive representing your phone  
and click Eject. (On a Mac computer, from your  
desktop, drag the drive representing your phone to  
the Trash. Trash changes to Eject.)  
2. Do one of the following:  
6. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on  
your phone.  
YouTube  
Watch a Video  
To search for a video: Tap Search All Videos, enter  
YouTube on your phone lets you watch videos available  
online at the YouTube website. Videos are displayed on  
your phone in landscape orientation.  
a search term, and press Enter  
or tap  
.
To display the most highly rated videos: Tap Videos  
and tap Popular.  
1. Open YouTube  
.
To display the most frequently viewed videos: Tap  
Videos and tap Most Viewed.  
To display videos you have recently viewed: Tap  
Videos and tap History.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
111  
               
3. When the video you want appears, do one of the  
Control Function  
Switch between full-screen view and original  
following:  
To view the video: Tap the video thumbnail.  
size.  
To view video details: Tap the text to the right of the  
video thumbnail.  
Find Related Videos  
Did You Know? Some videos can be viewed in YouTube on  
your computer only. For those videos, you can  
view video details on your phone, but if you try  
to play the video on your phone, an error  
message appears.  
Find videos from the same author or otherwise related  
to the one you selected.  
On the video details screen (see “Watch a Video” on  
page 111), do one of the following:  
Use Video Playback Controls  
View videos from the same author: Tap More > More  
From This Author.  
Playback controls automatically appear when you start  
a video. They disappear after a few seconds. Tap the  
video to manually display or dismiss the controls.  
View related videos: Tap More > Related Videos.  
Share a Video  
Control Function  
Send a friend a link to a YouTube video.  
Play.  
1. On the video details screen (see “Watch a Video”  
on page 111), tap Share.  
Pause.  
2. Tap Email or Text Message.  
Move forward or backward (tap and hold the  
slider, then drag forward or backward).  
3. Address and send the message.  
112  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
You can play music that you copy from your computer  
or stream from the Web in the following formats: MP3,  
AAC, or AAC+. You can play music that you receive as  
an email attachment if it is in the MP3, AAC, AAC+,  
WAV, or AMR format. You can play music that you  
receive in a multimedia message or that you buy from  
Amazon MP3 if it is in the MP3 format.  
Music  
Listen to Music  
You can listen to music through the speaker on the  
back of your phone or through a 3.5mm headset or  
headphones, stereo headset equipped with Bluetooth®  
wireless technology, or speakers (sold separately).  
1. Open Music  
.
2. If the Music application finds no music files on your  
phone, tap one of the following:  
To get music onto your phone, you can do any of the  
following:  
Get My Music: Read information about how to get  
music on your phone.  
Copy music files from your computer (see “Copy  
page 73).  
Amazon MP3: Open the Amazon MP3 application  
to buy songs (see “Amazon MP3” on page 117).  
Receive music files as email attachments (see  
Receive music files as part of a multimedia message  
Buy music from the Amazon MP3 app on your  
You can also listen to streaming music from the Web  
directly in the Web browser (see “Web” on page 215).  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
113  
                   
3. Do one of the following:  
sequence. To listen to the songs in random order,  
tap Shuffle All.  
Listen to an album: Tap Albums and tap the album  
name. To listen to the album’s songs in the order  
they are displayed onscreen, tap the first song.  
The songs play one after the other in sequence.  
To listen to songs in random order, tap Shuffle All.  
Listen to all songs in a genre: Tap Genres and tap  
the genre name. To listen to the songs in the  
order they are displayed onscreen, tap the first  
song. The songs play one after the other in  
sequence. To listen to the songs in random order,  
tap Shuffle All.  
Browse a music store to preview or purchase songs  
(if available): Tap the music store name. Continue  
making selections until the song you want  
appears. Tap the song name.  
Listen to all songs on your phone: Tap Shuffle All.  
Listen to a specific song: Tap Artists, Albums,  
Songs, Genres, or Playlists to search that category.  
Continue making selections until the song you  
want appears. Tap the song name.  
Did You Know? Music continues to play in the background if  
you switch to another application, turn off the  
screen, or slide the ringer switch off.  
Listen to all songs from an artist: Tap Artists and  
tap the artist name. To listen to the artist’s songs  
in the order they are displayed onscreen, tap the  
first song. The songs play one after the other in  
114  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Use Music Playback Controls  
Control Function  
Shuffle current playlist.  
Repeat. Tap once to repeat the current song.  
Tap again to repeat the entire playlist.  
Did You Know? If you stop playback of an audio file for which  
the Genre field is defined as podcast,  
speech, spoken word, netcast, or  
audiobook, when you play the item again,  
playback resumes at the point it was stopped.  
Tip: If you leave the Music app, the playback controls  
continue to appear at the bottom of the screen. You can  
use the controls even if the screen is locked.  
Control Function  
Switch the Now Playing Display  
Play.  
You can switch the display to show the songs you are  
listening to by name or by album cover art.  
Pause.  
Rewind.  
While you are listening to a song, tap the header to  
switch between Playlist view and Album Art view.  
Fast forward.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
115  
       
Search for Related Songs or Content  
Delete a Song  
When you are listening to a song, you can search the  
Web for related items such as songs by the same artist  
or from the same album.  
To delete a song file from your phone, you must put  
your phone in USB Drive mode and delete the song  
using your computer.  
1. While listening to a song, open the application  
menu.  
1. Connect your phone and your computer using the  
USB cable.  
2. Tap one of the Web search options (such as  
YouTube), and then tap the info you want.  
2. On your phone, tap USB Drive. (If prompted, tap  
OK. On your computer, your phone appears as a  
removable drive.)  
Change the Order of Items in the Now  
Playing List  
Note: On a Windows computer, if the Found New Hardware  
wizard opens, click Cancel to close the wizard.  
3. Open My Computer (Windows XP), Computer  
(Windows Vista), or the Finder (Mac), and  
double-click the drive representing your phone.  
In Playlist view, tap and hold a song name. Drag the  
song to move it to a new location in the list.  
4. Delete the song using your computer’s controls.  
Remove a Song From the Now Playing List  
5. On a Windows computer, to end the connection  
safely, right-click the drive representing your phone  
and click Eject. (On a Mac computer, drag the  
drive representing your phone to the Trash. Trash  
changes to Eject.)  
In Playlist view, throw the song name off the side of  
the screen. This does not delete the song file from  
your phone.  
116  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
6. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on  
your phone.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Sign In.  
3. Enter your email address and password, and tap  
Sign In. (To purchase songs without needing to  
enter your password each time, turn on  
Enable1-Click.)  
Amazon MP3  
Search for a Specific Song, Album, or  
Artist  
Before you can download items using the Amazon  
MP3 application on your phone, you must have an  
Amazon account, and you must read and agree to the  
MP3 Music service terms and conditions.  
1. Open Amazon MP3  
.
2. Tap Search and enter the song, album, or artist  
name.  
After you purchase and download items from Amazon  
MP3, listen to them with your phone’s Music  
3. Press Enter  
.
Sign In to Your Amazon Account  
You must be signed in to your Amazon account to  
download music.  
1. Open Amazon MP3  
.
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
117  
                 
4. Do one of the following:  
Browse Songs, Albums, Artists, or Genres  
1. Open Amazon MP3  
.
2. Do any of the following:  
View all songs in a certain genre: Tap  
and tap  
the genre.  
View the top 10 new and notable releases: Swipe  
left or right on the New & Notable album  
thumbnails.  
View the top 100 new releases: Tap New releases.  
View the top 100 albums: Tap Albums.  
View the top 100 artists: Tap Artists.  
View the top 100 songs: Tap Songs.  
If the item you want appears on the screen: Tap the  
song, album, or artist name. Tapping the name of  
a song plays the preview; tapping its price gives  
you the option to buy it (see “Preview and Buy a  
View Artist Information  
page 118) an artist, and tap the artist name.  
If the item you want doesn’t appear: Tap See all  
[total number of] results at the bottom of the  
Artists, Albums, or Songs section.  
2. Tap the word to the right of the artist name  
(Albums, Songs, or Bio).  
118  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Tap to view any of the following:  
3. Do either of the following:  
Albums: To buy and download an album, tap the  
album price and tap Buy. Tap anywhere else on  
the album entry to view detailed album  
information.  
Tap the album price and tap Buy.  
Tap a song price and tap Buy.  
Important: Your credit card is charged for the price of an item  
as soon as you tap Buy.  
Songs: To buy and download a song, tap the song  
price and tap Buy. Tap anywhere else on the song  
entry to preview the song.  
Preview and Buy a Song  
Bio: Tap to read biographical information about the  
artist.  
Before You Begin: Before you put download a song to your  
phone, make sure you have enough  
storage space on your phone to fit the file.  
Open Device Info and look at the  
Important: Your credit card is charged for the price of an item  
as soon as you tap Buy.  
Available field under Phone.  
Album, or Artist” on page 117) or browse to (see  
page 118) an album or artist entry containing the  
song you want.  
View Album Information and Buy an  
Album  
Album, or Artist” on page 117) or browse to (see  
2. To preview a song, tap anywhere on the song entry  
except the price.  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
119  
         
2. To preview a song, tap anywhere on the song entry  
except the price.  
View and Work With Downloaded Items  
1. Tap Download on any screen displaying this  
button. (This displays items that your are currently  
downloading or that you already downloaded.)  
3. Tap the song price and tap Buy.  
Important: Your credit card is charged for the price of an item  
as soon as you tap Buy.  
2. To cancel a current download, tap  
.
After you download an item, listen to it in the Music  
120  
2E. Photos, Videos, and Music  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync), you can set up  
Contacts on your phone to synchronize and display  
contacts that you store in the online address book. Set  
up synchronization the first time you open Contacts  
anytime after that (see “Customize Contacts” on  
page 133). After you set up the connection to the  
online address book, contacts you enter online show  
up automatically in Contacts, and contacts you enter  
on your phone sync to the online account.  
2F. Personal Information  
The Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize other  
data from an online account. By setting up  
synchronization in one app, synchronization of the  
other apps is automatically set up for you. For example,  
if you set up your Gmail account in Email before you  
set up Contacts, when you first open Contacts, you find  
that your Google contacts are already downloaded.  
And when you first open Calendar, you find that your  
Google calendar events are already in your phone’s  
Calendar.  
Contacts  
How Do I Add Names and Other Info Into  
Contacts?  
You have a few options for getting info into your  
Contacts.  
page 294 for the current list of online accounts that you can set up  
on your phone, from which you can access contacts.  
Connect to an online address book. If you have an  
address book in an online account that works with the  
Palm® Synergy™ feature (for example, Google or  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
121  
                     
Transfer contacts using the Data Transfer Assistant:  
When you transfer contacts from desktop software, you  
select which account to assign those contacts to. Look  
for those contacts in the account you select (see “How  
Linked Contacts  
The Synergy feature automatically links contacts from  
different accounts if it finds data in common between  
them. For example, if you have a contact in Exchange  
and in Google for Thomas Flagg, your phone links the  
contacts so that all of Thomas’s info shows up on a  
single contact screen. You need to open just one view  
to see all of Thomas’s info. The actual data remains  
stored separately with your different providers; it's just  
assembled in one view on your phone for your  
convenience.  
Enter a contact directly in Contacts: See “Create a  
Contact” on page 124 for instructions. You can assign  
the contact to one of your online address books—if you  
do, it synchronizes with the online address book. Or  
you can create the contact in your Palm profile  
account, which means it shows up on your phone only.  
Palm profile contacts are included in the daily backup  
of your Palm profile information, so you can restore  
them if they are accidentally erased.  
How can you tell if a contact is linked? Look in the  
upper-right corner of the contact screen. If you see a  
stack of photos and a number, that means that you're  
looking at a linked contact, with combined info from  
contacts you're storing with separate providers.  
Download vCard info to Contacts: A vCard is an  
electronic business card attached to an email or an  
MMS. If you receive an email or an MMS with a vCard  
attachment, download the attachment to Contacts.  
vCards are in VCF format. See “Receiving vCards” on  
122  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Use Contacts for the First Time  
1. Open Contacts  
.
1 Tap the stack of photos to see the contacts that  
are linked.  
2 Emily is a contact in your Google online account  
and in your Palm profile account.  
3 Scroll down to see Emily’s combined contact info.  
2. Do one of the following:  
To set up your first online account to sync: Tap the  
account type, enter the account information, and  
tap Sign in.  
You can unlink automatically linked contacts, and you  
can manually link contacts yourself (see “Link a  
To set up a second online account to sync: Tap Add  
An Account, tap the account type, enter the  
account information, and tap Sign In.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
123  
           
To open Contacts without creating an online  
account: Tap Done. This opens your Palm profile  
account, and you can start creating contacts in  
this account.  
Note: If an account doesn’t appear in the list, you can’t add  
data to that account from your phone.  
3. (Optional) Tap the account icon to the right of  
Name to change the account to which the new  
contact will be added.  
Note: Changes you make in your Facebook account on the  
Web show up on your phone. You cannot add to or  
change Facebook contact or calendar info on your  
phone.  
Create a Contact  
When you add a contact, if you don’t specify the  
account, the new contact is added to your default  
account.  
If you are using Contacts for the first time, you go  
through a few different steps to add or access the  
contacts on your phone (see “Use Contacts for the First  
Time” on page 123). Follow this procedure to add  
contacts directly on your phone after the first time you  
use Contacts.  
*
Account icon, showing Palm profile account  
1. Open Contacts  
2. Tap  
.
.
124  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4. Tap fields to enter contact details, select a ringtone  
for that contact, add notes, or add birthday details  
for the contact. (Scroll to see all of the fields  
available for contact info.)  
7. Tap Done.  
Find a Contact  
You can find a contact from Card view or the Launcher  
page 61. To find a contact within the Contacts app, use  
these steps.  
5. To add detailed name information—such as a  
prefix, suffix, or middle name—open the application  
menu and tap Name Details.  
6. In some fields, such as New Phone Number, when  
you enter the information a label button appears  
on the right. (Tap the button to change the label for  
your entry—for example, to identify a number as a  
mobile or work phone.)  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Begin typing any of the following:  
First, middle, or last name.  
First and last initial (no space between).  
Company.  
Tip: When you enter a phone number that requires pauses—  
for example, a number for which you need to enter a  
password or respond to prompts, you can insert a pause  
or a stop in the number. To insert a two-second pause,  
enter a T where you want the pause to appear. To insert a  
stop, enter a P where you want the stop to appear. To dial  
the next set of numbers after the stop, tap the screen.  
Nickname.  
Tip: Use the Reminder field to enter that important message  
or question you have for this contact. The next time you  
send or receive a call or a message to or from the  
contact on your phone, you get a notification at the  
2F. Personal Information  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125), and tap the contact name.  
3. For more search options, tap Global Address  
Lookup. (This option is available if you are using  
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync with a Global  
Address List.)  
3. To edit a contact, tap Edit.  
Info that’s dimmed means it originates from an  
account that you can’t edit on your phone (like  
Facebook).  
4. Tap the contact.  
View, Edit, Copy, or Delete Contact  
Information  
4. In a linked contact, tap the account icon in the  
upper-right corner to edit fields specific to that  
account.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
126  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1. While creating (see “Create a Contact” on  
contact, do one of the following:  
Note: The fields that make up the contact header (name,  
photo, job title, company) are unique to each account.  
You must open a specific account to enter these fields.  
5. Tap fields to add or change information (see “Enter  
To add or change the photo in the default  
account, tap  
.
Note: In a linked contact, when you enter info in a field for the  
first time, you can assign that info to any account by  
tapping the account button in the field.  
In a linked contact, to add or change the photo of  
another account, tap the account button in the  
upper-right corner and tap the other account (see  
6. To copy a contact, open the application menu and  
tap Copy All.  
The contents of the contact entry is copied as plain  
text, with carriage returns between each element.  
7. To delete a piece of contact information, such as a  
phone number, throw the item off the side of the  
screen, and tap Delete.  
8. Tap Done.  
Add a Photo to a Contact  
The photo you add appears onscreen when this  
contact calls you.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
127  
       
2. Do one of the following:  
1. While creating (see “Create a Contact” on  
contact, tap Set a ringtone.  
To take a new photo, tap New Photo.  
To use an existing photo, tap the album  
containing the picture, and tap the picture.  
2. Tap the ringtone name.  
Did You Know? If you see a stack of photos in a contact, with a  
number attached to the stack, that's because  
it's a linked contact (see “Linked Contacts” on  
3. Tap  
to preview the ringtone.  
4. To use a music file as a ringtone, tap  
the file name.  
and tap  
3. (Optional) Do either or both of the following:  
To enlarge a face or other portion of the picture,  
5. Tap Done.  
Tip: To change the ringtone for a contact, tap the ringtone  
and tap Change Ringtone. Delete Ringtone deletes the  
ringtone from the contact, not from the list of available  
ringtones.  
zoom in by making the pinch-out gesture.  
To capture the portion of the picture you want, tap  
and hold the picture, and then drag the portion  
you want to the center of the onscreen box. This  
portion becomes the contact photo.  
Assign a Speed Dial to a Contact  
4. Tap Attach Photo.  
You can assign a speed dial to any contact phone  
number. You can assign up to 26 speed dials.  
Add a Ringtone to a Contact  
Did You Know? You cannot assign 1 (the E key) as a speed  
dial. The number 1 is reserved for dialing your  
voicemail system.  
Select the ringtone you want to hear when this contact  
calls you.  
128  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
1. Open Contacts  
.
Tip: To assign a currently used speed dial key to a new  
number, follow the steps for setting a new speed dial for  
the new number. Tap the key to use in step 4, and tap  
Reassign To [Name].  
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125 to learn how), and tap the contact name.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Set Speed Dial.  
Tip: To remove a speed dial from a number, open the contact,  
open the application menu, and tap Set Speed Dial. Tap  
the number and tap Remove Speed Dial [key letter].  
Assign a Reminder Message to a Contact  
If you have an important message or a question for a  
contact, you can enter a reminder right on your phone.  
The next time you and the contact are in touch—  
whether by phone call, email, or text message/IM—a  
notification appears showing the contact name and a  
message bubble. Tap the bubble to view the reminder.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
4. Tap the phone number you want to assign a  
speed dial to, and then tap the key to use as a  
speed dial. (You may have to scroll to find the key  
you want.)  
page 125), and tap the contact name.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Add Contact  
Reminder.  
4. Enter the reminder, and make the back gesture to  
save it.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
129  
             
1. Open Contacts  
.
Tip: To remove a reminder message before it pops up as a  
notification, open the application menu, and tap Add  
Contact Reminder. Tap the trash icon.  
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125), and tap the contact name.  
3. In the open entry, tap the contact name in the  
header, and tap Link more profiles.  
Link a Contact  
When your phone recognizes matching information in  
two or more contacts—for example, the same name  
and phone number—it automatically gathers the info  
from the two records into a single view that displays all  
the contact information. You can also manually link  
contacts. The info for your linked contacts appears  
combined only on your phone—the actual info is kept  
separate and distinct in the accounts it came from.  
Important: To maintain the integrity of your contact data, it’s  
important that you link only one person’s contact  
info in different accounts. For example, if you have  
contact info for Emily Weeks in Google, Facebook,  
Microsoft Exchange, and your Palm profile account,  
go ahead and link all four contacts into a linked  
contact. But don’t link Emily’s contact info with her  
sister Allison’s.  
4. Search for the contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125) and tap it to link the two contacts.  
5. After you create the link, be sure the linked contact  
appears in your Contacts list under the name  
you’re most likely to search for and recognize (and  
130  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
not, say, under a person’s IM screen name, which  
can be unrelated to their real name). (To do this,  
tap the contact name you want to appear, and tap  
Set As Primary Profile. When you search for a  
contact using universal search (see “Use Universal  
Search” on page 61), the search feature looks  
through primary profile information only.)  
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125), and tap the contact name.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Add to  
Launcher.  
4. (Optional) Edit the first and last name as you want  
them to appear in the Launcher.  
5. Tap Add To Launcher. (To see the contact in the  
Launcher, scroll down on page 1.)  
Unlink a Contact  
If the contact has a picture (see “Add a Photo to a  
Contact” on page 127), the picture appears as a  
Launcher icon. If the contact doesn’t have a picture, the  
contact name appears in the Launcher with a  
placeholder icon. Tap the real or placeholder icon to  
open the contact.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Search for a contact (see “Find a Contact” on  
page 125), and tap the contact name.  
3. Tap the contact name in the header, and tap the  
contact you want to unlink.  
4. Tap Unlink This Profile.  
Get in Touch With a Contact  
Add a Contact Entry to the Launcher  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Tap the contact name.  
Assign your favorite contacts to the Launcher, so you  
can open them directly from that location.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
131  
           
2. Tap the contact name.  
3. Do one of the following:  
Delete an unlinked contact or an entire linked  
contact: Open the application menu and tap  
Delete Contact. Tap Delete All Profiles to confirm.  
Note: If you have a Facebook entry for this contact, tap Delete  
Other Profiles. You must go to Facebook to delete this  
entry.  
3. Do any of the following:  
Tap the appropriate field to call or send an email  
or instant message to that contact. For example,  
tap a phone number to call the contact.  
Tap  
to send a text message.  
Tap an address field to view the address on a  
map.  
Delete a Contact  
Delete one entry only in a linked contact: Tap the  
displayed contact name to open the list of all  
1. Open Contacts  
.
132  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
entries in the linked contact. Tap the entry you  
want and tap Delete This Profile.  
3. Set the following options:  
List Order: Tap to select the criteria by which the  
contact list is sorted. If you select Last name as sort,  
the names are alphabetized by last name, but still  
they appear in the Contacts list as First name Last  
name. If you select First name as sort, names are  
alphabetized by first name.  
If you delete a contact that is assigned to an online  
account, the contact is deleted in the online  
account also.  
Customize Contacts  
You can also choose to sort by Company & first  
name or Company & last name. In these cases, the  
company name is alphabetized, and within the  
company, whichever you choose, the names are  
still listed First name Last Name.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
Accounts: Tap an account to change login settings  
and sign in using the new settings.  
Default account: Tap the current default account to  
change to another account. New contacts you  
create are assigned to this account unless you  
specify otherwise.  
Sync Now: Tap to force synchronization of your  
online accounts.  
Add An Account: Tap, and then tap an account  
type. Enter the account information. Before you can  
set up an account on your phone, you must  
already have an account online with the provider.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
133  
               
from your phone only. The entries are not deleted from  
the online account.  
Manually Synchronize Contacts With Your  
Online Accounts  
Note: Microsoft Exchange is an exception to other online  
accounts. If you delete your Exchange account from  
Contacts, the account is also deleted from Calendar,  
Email, and Tasks.  
If you want to get contacts from an online account on  
your phone immediately—or upload contacts from your  
phone to the online account—you can do a manual  
sync. This synchronizes Contacts with all the accounts  
you have set up on your phone, and it synchronizes  
your calendar and email with those accounts also.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
3. Tap the account name.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
4. Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Contact  
Account.  
3. Tap Sync Now.  
Sending Contacts  
Stop Synchronization of Contacts With an  
Online Account  
You can send all contacts to a hands-free car kit (with  
Bluetooth), or send a contact with multimedia  
messaging (MMS) or email.  
If you synchronize contacts with an online account, you  
can delete the account from Contacts. This stops  
synchronization of contacts only—if you also sync email  
or calendar events with that online account, those  
continue to synchronize. Deleting the account from  
Contacts also deletes any associated contact entries  
To send all contacts to a car kit, first turn on your  
Bluetooth device.  
1. Open Contacts  
.
134  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
2. Open the application menu and tap Send All To Car  
Kit.  
3. Tap one of the following:  
Add to Existing.  
If a Bluetooth device is detected, all contacts are  
sent.  
Save as New.  
To send one contact:  
Calendar  
1. Open Contacts  
, and tap a contact.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Send Contact.  
How Do I Get Events Into Calendar?  
3. Tap one of the following:  
You have a few options for getting events to show up in  
Calendar:  
Send To Car Kit (your Bluetooth device needs to  
be on and detected).  
Connect to an online calendar through the Palm®  
Synergy™ feature: If you have a calendar in an online  
account that works with the Synergy feature (for  
example, Google or Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync),  
you can set up Calendar on your phone to synchronize  
and display events in the online calendar. Set up  
synchronization the first time you open Calendar (see  
anytime after that (see “Customize Calendar” on  
page 143). After you set up the connection to the  
online calendar, events you enter online show up  
automatically in Calendar, and events you enter on  
your phone sync to the online account.  
Send Via MMS (messaging opens).  
Send Via Email (email opens).  
Receiving vCards  
To get an emailed vCard into Contacts:  
1. From the open Email message, tap the  
attachment.  
The vCard opens automatically within Contacts.  
2. Tap Add to Contacts.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
135  
                         
Transfer calendar events using the Data Transfer  
Assistant: When you transfer calendar events from  
desktop software, you select which account to assign  
those events to. Look for those events in the account  
Did You Know? If you synchronize with your Google calendar,  
you can add Google Weather to the calendar  
on your desktop and have it appear in  
Calendar on your phone. On your desktop,  
log in to your Google Calendar account and  
open Calendar Settings. Click the General  
tab, enter your location, and click the  
Enter an event directly in Calendar: See “Create an  
Event” on page 137 for instructions. You can assign the  
event to one of your online calendars—if you do, it  
synchronizes with the online calendar. Or you can  
create the event in your Palm profile account, which  
means it shows up on your phone only. Palm profile  
events are included in the daily backup of your Palm  
profile information, so you can restore them if they are  
accidentally erased.  
temperature unit you want in Show weather  
based on my locations. The next time your  
phone synchronizes with your Google  
account, Google Weather appears in  
Calendar on your phone.  
The Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize other  
data from an online account. By setting up  
synchronization in one app, synchronization of the  
other apps is automatically set up for you. For example,  
if you set up your Gmail account in Email before you  
set up Calendar, when you first open Calendar, you  
find that your Google calendar events are already  
downloaded. And when you first open Contacts, you  
find that your Google contacts are already in your  
phone’s Contacts app.  
Layered Calendars  
Suppose you use the calendar in both Microsoft  
Exchange ActiveSync and in Google. If you set up both  
of those accounts to sync with your phone, your  
phone's Calendar app shows the events from both in a  
single view—a layered calendar with events that are  
color-coded to identify which provider they come from.  
Individual events remain stored separately with your  
page 294 for the current list of online accounts that you can set  
up on your phone, from which you can access calendar events.  
136  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
different providers; the events are just assembled in  
one view on your phone for your convenience.  
2. Do one of the following:  
To set up your first online account to sync: Tap the  
account type, enter the account information, and  
tap Sign In.  
If you change an event, the change is made in the  
appropriate calendar.  
To set up a second online account to sync: Tap Add  
An Account, tap the account type, enter the  
account information, and tap Sign In.  
You can also look at the events of just one calendar at  
a time.  
To open Calendar without creating an online  
account: Tap Done. This opens your Palm profile  
account, and you can start creating events in this  
account.  
Use Calendar for the First Time  
1. Open Calendar  
.
Note: If you choose to sync Calendar with an online  
Facebook account, your Facebook events show up in  
Calendar, but you cannot add calendar events to  
Facebook from the Calendar app. To work directly with  
Facebook on your phone, go to the Web application  
Create an Event  
You can add an event to calendar accounts. If you  
don’t specify an account, the new event is added to  
your default calendar. For information on managing  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
137  
               
your phone’s time settings, see “Date & Time” on  
If you create an event in All Calendars view, the  
event is created in the calendar set as the default  
Note: If an account doesn’t appear in the list, you can’t add  
3. Go to the day you want (see “Move Around in  
Calendar” on page 141) and tap a blank time slot.  
data to that account from your phone.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
4. Enter the event name and press Enter  
.
In Day view, available time slots between events  
are compressed and labeled X Hrs Free. To  
expand free time so you can enter an event, tap X  
Hrs Free.  
Don’t look for a save button—your info is  
automatically saved when you make the back  
gesture to close the event.  
Enter the Event Location  
1. While creating an event (see “Create an Event” on  
page 137), tap  
to the right of the event name.  
(To enter the event location after creating an event,  
tap the event name in Day view.)  
2. Tap All or an online account name in the  
upper-right corner, and tap the calendar you want  
to use for this event.  
2. Tap Event location and enter the location.  
138  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Tip: Need to find the event location on a map? Open an event  
that has a location specified in the Event location field,  
open the application menu, and tap Event Location. Tap  
either Show on Map, which shows the location on  
Google Maps, or Get Directions, which gives directions  
from your current location.  
Schedule a Repeating Event  
1. While creating an event (see “Create an Event” on  
page 137), tap  
to the right of the event name.  
(To set an event as repeating after creating the  
event, tap the event name in Day view.)  
2. Tap No Repeat and tap the repeat interval.  
3. (Optional) Tap Custom to define your own repeat  
interval and set the end date.  
Did You Know? To enter a birthday, anniversary, or holiday,  
create an untimed event. Then select Yearly  
on [date] as the repeat interval.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
139  
   
1. Open Calendar  
.
Add an Alarm to an Event  
2. Go to the day you want, open the application  
menu and tap New > All Day Event.  
1. While creating an event (see “Create an Event” on  
page 137), tap  
to the right of the event name.  
(To add an alarm after creating an event, tap the  
event name in Day view.)  
2. Tap No Reminder and tap the interval for the alarm.  
Add a Note to an Event  
1. While creating an event (see “Create an Event” on  
page 137), tap  
to the right of the event name.  
(To add a note after creating an event, tap the  
event name in Day view.)  
2. Tap Event notes and enter the note.  
Note: If a phone number is displayed in an event note as an  
underlined link, you can tap the number to make a call.  
This displays the Phone dial pad with the number  
already entered.  
3. Enter the event details.  
Change the Calendar Display  
You can change the display of Calendar to show  
events from all of your calendars or just the events  
recorded in one of your calendars. You can also  
Create an All-Day (Untimed) Event  
An all-day event such as a birthday appears in your  
calendar without a specific time slot.  
140  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
change the color of each calendar, and whether the  
calendar view shows by day, week, or month.  
In the same view, you can change the color of  
each calendar.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
Move Around in Calendar  
2. To change your Calendar view from day to week to  
month, do the following:  
Next or previous day: In Day view, swipe left or right  
on the screen.  
From Calendar view, tap an icon at the lower part  
of the display to see different calendar views.  
Next or previous week: In Week view, swipe left or  
right on the screen.  
Icon  
Description  
Next or previous month: In Month view, swipe up or  
down on the screen.  
Day view  
Go to a specific month, date, or year: Open the  
application menu and tap Jump To. Tap the month,  
day, and year and tap Go To Date.  
Week view  
Month view  
Go to today: Open the application menu and tap  
Show today.  
3. To change which calendar you’re viewing, or to  
select colors for each Calendar account, do the  
following:  
Tip: Other ways to go to today: When you’re in Day view, just  
tap the Day view icon. Also, in the application menu, tap  
Jump To and then tap Go To Today..  
Tap All or a calendar name in the upper-right  
corner, scroll down and tap Calendar View  
Options. Select the calendar view you want: all  
your calendars in a single view, some of your  
calendars, or a specific calendar only.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
141  
       
Tap the event name. Open the application menu  
and tap Delete event, and then tap Delete to  
confirm. If this event is one of a series of  
repeating events, tap the option to delete just this  
event or the entire series.  
Quickly Glimpse Your Schedule  
In Day or Week view, drag left or right to peek at the  
next/previous day or week without changing the  
current view.  
In Month view, slightly drag up or down to peek at  
the previous/next month.  
Delete an Event  
If you delete an event that is assigned to an online  
account, the event is deleted in the online account also.  
Important: When you delete a Microsoft Exchange event on  
your phone, notification is not sent to attendees.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
2. Delete an event in one of two ways:  
In Day view, press and hold Option , and tap  
the event. You have the option to delete just this  
event or the entire series, or to cancel the delete.  
142  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Snooze: The reminder reappears in five minutes.  
Respond to an Event Reminder  
When an event reminder appears in the notification bar  
at the bottom of the screen, tap the event description to  
open the event, or tap one of the following:  
View Meeting Participants  
If you receive a meeting request, you can view the  
participants.  
1. On your calendar, tap the meeting request. (The  
Participants field shows the organizer name plus  
the number of participants.)  
2. Tap the number to see the participants’ names.  
3. (Optional) Tap a participant’s name. (If the  
participant is a contact, the contact entry is  
displayed. If the participant is not a contact, tap  
Add to Contacts to add the participant to your  
contacts list.)  
Customize Calendar  
Contact meeting attendees: This opens an email  
message with the participants’ addresses added to  
the To field. The default message text is “Running  
late, on my way...”. You can edit the text before  
sending the message.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
Dismiss: Close the notification.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
143  
               
Default Event Duration: The default event duration is  
set to one hour. Tap to change this to 30 minutes or  
2 hours.  
Accounts: For all calendar accounts, tap an  
account to change login settings or remove the  
account. You should change login settings only if  
you have changed this information for the calendar  
account online—the information you enter here  
must match the information in the online account.  
Calendar View Options: Set the color for events  
created in that account and show or hide that  
account in All Calendars view.  
Default Calendar: If you create an event in All  
Calendars view, the event is assigned to your  
default calendar.  
3. Set the following options:  
First Day of Week: Select the day that appears as  
the start of the week in Week view and Month view.  
Add An Account: Tap the account type and enter  
your username and password for the online  
calendar account. Before you can set up an  
account on your phone, you must already have an  
account online with the provider.  
Day Start and End: Tap to enter the default start and  
end times that appear in Day view and Week view.  
Default Event Reminder: Tap the time interval for a  
notification to appear for timed and all-day events.  
Reminders you set for individual events override  
the default setting.  
Event Reminders: Select to play a sound when a  
calendar notification appears.  
144  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
the account from Calendar also deletes any associated  
events from your phone only. The entries are not  
deleted from the online account.  
Manually Synchronize Calendar With Your  
Online Accounts  
If you want to get calendar events from an online  
account on your phone immediately—or upload events  
from your phone to the online account—you can do a  
manual sync. This synchronizes Calendar with all the  
accounts you have set up on your phone, and it  
synchronizes your contacts and email with those  
accounts also.  
Note: Microsoft Exchange is an exception to other online  
accounts. If you delete your Exchange account from  
Calendar, the account is also deleted from Contacts,  
Email, and Tasks.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
1. Open Calendar  
.
3. Under Accounts, tap the account name.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
4. Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Calendar  
Account.  
3. Tap Sync Now.  
Tasks  
Stop Synchronization of Calendar With an  
Online Account  
Create a Task List  
If you synchronize calendar events with an online  
account, you can delete the account from Calendar.  
This stops synchronization of calendar events only—if  
you also sync contacts or email messages with that  
online account, those continue to synchronize. Deleting  
All individual tasks you create (see “Create a Task” on  
page 146) must be placed in a task list. A task list is a  
group of related to-do items.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
145  
                     
1. Open Tasks  
2. Tap  
.
3. Tap  
.
.
4. Enter the task name in the Task name field. (To set  
the task priority, see the next procedure.)  
3. Enter the list name in the List Name field and press  
Enter  
.
Set Task Priority, Due Date, and Other  
Details  
Create a Task  
1. Open Tasks  
2. Tap the list containing the task.  
3. Tap to the right of the task name.  
.
1. Open Tasks  
.
2. Tap the list you want to assign the task to.  
146  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Check Off a Task  
1. Tap the list containing the task.  
2. Tap the box to the left of the task name.  
4. Set any of the following:  
Priority: High priority tasks appear in red. Normal  
priority tasks appear in bold text, and low priority  
tasks appear in gray text.  
List: Assign the task to a different list.  
View Tasks That are Due Today  
Due date: Tap No due date, and tap a due date  
option. If you set a due date, a notification appears  
at bottom of the screen on the due date. Tap the  
notification to open the task.  
1. Open Tasks  
. (The number to the right of the All  
Tasks field shows the total number of tasks that are  
due today or are overdue. The number to the right  
of each task list name shows the number of tasks  
in that list that are due today or overdue.)  
5. To enter a note about the task, tap Notes and enter  
the note.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
147  
           
2. Tap a task list name to view tasks that are due  
today or overdue.  
Filter a Task List  
You can filter a task list to show all tasks (the default  
setting), remaining tasks, or completed tasks.  
1. Open Tasks  
.
2. Tap the list you want to filter.  
3. Tap Priority in the upper-right corner, and tap the  
filter option you want: My Order, Due Date, or  
Priority  
Note: Tap Exchange to view tasks synced from your Outlook  
Exchange Tasks feature.  
Rename a Task  
1. On the task list, tap the task name.  
2. Enter the new name and press Enter  
.
148  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Reorder Your Tasks  
You can change the order of a task list or an individual  
task.  
Tap and hold the list or task name, wait for the  
visual cue, and drag the item to another position.  
Set Due Dates for All Tasks in a List  
1. Open Tasks  
.
2. Tap the list containing the tasks.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Set Due Date  
For All.  
4. Tap the month, date, and year, and then tap Set  
Due Date.  
5. To remove a previously assigned due date, tap No  
Due Date.  
Mark All Tasks in a List  
Completed/Incomplete  
1. Open Tasks  
.
2. Tap the list containing the tasks.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
149  
       
3. Open the application menu and tap Mark All and  
tap Mark All Completed/Mark All Incomplete.  
Memos  
If you used the Data Transfer Assistant and imported  
notes from Outlook on your desktop to your phone,  
those notes are in Memos. Your Exchange Active Sync  
notes, however, do not sync. All memos are backed up  
to your Palm profile.  
Hide or Delete All Completed Tasks in a  
List  
1. Open Tasks  
.
2. Tap the list containing the tasks.  
3. Open the application menu.  
4. Do one of the following:  
Create a Memo  
1. Open Memos  
.
To hide tasks you’ve completed, tap Hide  
Completed.  
To delete tasks you’ve completed, tap Purge  
Completed Tasks.  
Delete a Task or a Task List  
Throw the task or task list off the side of the screen  
and tap Delete to confirm.  
150  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
2. Do one of the following:  
Tap New Memo  
Note: In the application menu, tap Edit > Select All to select  
the whole memo.  
.
Open the application menu and tap Add A Memo.  
Change the Color of a Memo  
3. Enter the memo text. (Memos are saved as you  
type.)  
Color-code your memos to help you recognize memos  
of a certain type. For example, make all of your grocery  
lists blue.  
Find a Memo  
1. Tap the memo.  
In Memos, start typing any letters or numbers in  
the memo, and then tap the memo when it  
appears.  
2. Tap the lower-right corner of the screen, and tap  
the new color.  
Note: The results of universal search that you access in Card  
view or the Launcher do not include memos.  
Edit a Memo  
1. Open Memos  
.
2. Tap the memo you want to edit.  
3. Tap the screen to position the cursor (see “Text  
memo text.  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
151  
       
sound at noon when you're in New York (see “Create  
Delete a Memo  
1. In an open memo, open the application menu and  
tap Delete.  
Set an Alarm  
2. Tap Delete to confirm.  
Make sure ringtone volume is on and you can hear it,  
and the ringer switch is set to On, so that the alarm will  
sound when you want it to (see “Manage System  
Email a Memo  
1. In an open memo, open the application menu and  
tap Email Memo.  
1. Open Clock  
.
2. Tap , and then tap  
.
2. Enter the email address.  
The subject, Just a quick memo, is automatically  
filled in.  
3. Tap  
.
Clock  
Use Clock to get up at the same time wherever you are,  
for example, the recurring 7AM alarm you set in San  
Francisco rings at 7AM in New York. Use Calendar to  
have your appointment times adjusted so that the  
notification for a 9AM meeting in San Francisco will  
152  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3. Set the following options:  
Manage Clock  
Alarm Preferences: Tap Off to turn the alarm on.  
When an alarm is turned on, the alarm icon  
appears in the lower-right corner of the phone  
screen. Tap the icon to see alarm details.  
1. Open Clock  
.
2. Tap  
.
To change the clock display: Open the application  
menu > Procedure > and tap Themes. Then tap a  
theme.  
Name: Enter a name for the alarm.  
Occurs: Tap to select the alarm frequency.  
To change the time: See “Date & Time” on  
Time: Tap to set hour, minute, and AM/PM for the  
alarm.  
Sound: Tap to open the list of ringtones, and then  
Tip: By default, when the ringer switch is off, you can still hear  
the Clock alarm. If you want to change this setting, go to  
Clock > Preferences. Under Ringer Switch Off, change  
Play alarm anyway to Off or On.  
tap the name of a ringtone. Tap  
to preview it.  
Tip: When you set an alarm, you can adjust the alarm volume  
by pressing the volume up or volume down button on  
the side of the phone. This also sets the ringtone volume  
for incoming calls.  
Cancel an Alarm  
When an alarm sounds on your phone, tap Dismiss to  
stop it or Snooze to have it sound again in five minutes.  
Open Clock  
an alarm off.  
, and then tap  
; tap On to turn  
Note: When you turn everything off on your phone by  
pressing and holding power and tapping Turn Off,  
alarms don’t sound.  
Change the Alarm Volume  
1. Open Sounds & Ringtones  
.
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
153  
     
2. Under Ringtone Volume, tap, hold, and drag the  
Volume slider.  
Calculator Buttons  
Button Description  
Delete an Alarm  
Clear the current calculation or displayed  
number.  
1. Open Clock  
.
Add the currently displayed number to  
memory.  
2. Tap  
, then tap the alarm name.  
.
3. Tap  
Subtract the currently displayed number from  
memory.  
Calculator  
Display the memory.  
Clear the memory.  
Use Calculator for addition, subtraction, multiplication,  
and division, and also for determining percent and  
square root. You can enter numbers in Calculator using  
either the onscreen keypad or the keyboard.  
Perform Calculations  
1. Open Calculator  
.
2. Enter numbers and perform calculations.  
Note: Press the space bar to access additional operations.  
154  
2F. Personal Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Before You Begin: Before you put files on your phone, make  
sure you have enough storage space on  
your phone to fit the file. Open Device Info  
and look at the Available field under  
Phone.  
2G. Documents  
1. Open Doc View  
. (The list of the Microsoft Office  
files that are on your phone appears onscreen.)  
Doc View  
With Doc view, you can view Microsoft Word, Excel®,  
and PowerPoint® files on your phone.  
Open a File  
You can view a file that you copy from your computer  
Computer” on page 73) or receive as an email  
You can view files in DOC, DOCX, TXT, XLS, XLSX, PPT,  
and PPTX formats.  
2. To search for a file, begin typing the name. (Tap the  
file when it appears.)  
3. To open a second file: Open the application menu  
and tap Open. (Tap the file.)  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
155  
               
Change the Display Size  
For information on zooming in and out, see “Zoom  
Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen.  
Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen.  
Double-tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified  
amount.  
Turn on horizontal scroll (Word documents only): Open  
the application menu and tap Wide View. In Wide  
view, text does not wrap on the right side of the  
screen. You can scroll horizontally to see more text.  
2. Type the text you want to find and press Enter  
or tap . (The first instance of the text appears  
highlighted.)  
Find Text in a File  
1. With a file open, open the application menu and  
tap Find.  
3. Find the next instance: Tap  
.
Find the preceding instance: Tap  
.
4. To exit search, open the application menu and tap  
Find.  
156  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Save a File With a New Name  
1. With the file open, open the application menu and  
tap Save As.  
2. Enter the new file name and tap Save As.  
Share a File  
1. With the file open, open the application menu and  
tap Share.  
2. Create the email message and tap  
.
View File Properties  
2. Tap outside the file properties to dismiss them.  
You can view properties such as the file size, date  
created or modified, and more.  
Work With Comments, Endnotes, and  
Footnotes in a Microsoft Word Document  
1. With the file open, tap the file name.  
In an open Word document, comments, endnotes, and  
footnotes are indicated by highlighted text.  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
157  
           
1. Tap the text or footnote indicator to open the  
comment, endnote, or footnote.  
Resize Rows or Columns in a  
Spreadsheet  
1. Open the application menu and tap Resize.  
2. Tap, hold, and drag the row or column.  
Show or Hide Rows or Columns in a  
Spreadsheet  
To hide a row or column: Tap the row or column  
header and tap Hide selected.  
2. To close the comment, endnote, or footnote, tap  
outside it.  
Select a Row or Column in an Excel®  
Spreadsheet  
Tap the row header or column header.  
158  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
To show a hidden row or column: Tap, hold, and drag  
one of the row or column headers to either side of  
the hidden row or column. Tap Show Hidden.  
View Comments in a Spreadsheet  
In an open Excel® spreadsheet, comments are  
indicated by a red triangle in the upper-right corner of  
the relevant cell.  
To display all hidden rows or columns: Open the  
application menu and tap Show All Hidden.  
1. Tap the red comment indicator to open the  
comment.  
Sort Your Data in a Spreadsheet  
2. Tap the comment to close it.  
Tap the column header and tap Sort ascending or  
Sort descending.  
Switch Among Views in a PowerPoint®  
Presentation  
Switch Among Sheets  
Do one of the following:  
In an open presentation, open the application menu  
and tap a view.  
Tap  
sheet.  
or  
to move to the next or previous  
To return to normal presentation view:  
Open the application menu and tap Worksheets. Tap  
the sheet.  
From Outline view: Tap a slide.  
From Notes view: Open the application menu, and  
tap Show Notes.  
Tap the current sheet number in the lower-left corner  
of the screen. Enter the page number you want to  
jump to and press Enter  
.
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
159  
         
Move Around in a Presentation  
PDF View  
Go to the next or preceding slide: Tap  
or  
.
With PDF View, you can view PDF (Adobe Acrobat) files  
on your phone.  
Jump to a different slide: Tap the current slide number  
in the lower-left corner of the screen. Enter the slide  
number you want and press Enter  
.
Open a File  
Upgrade to Documents To Go® From  
DataViz  
With Documents To Go® from DataViz, you can create  
and edit Word, Excel, and PowerPoint files right on your  
phone, in addition to viewing them.  
You can view a PDF file that you copy from your  
Your Computer” on page 73) or receive as an email  
Before You Begin: Before you put files on your phone, make  
sure you have enough storage space on  
your phone to fit the file. Open Device  
Info and look at the Available field under  
Phone.  
1. Open Doc View  
.
2. Open a document, open the application menu,  
scroll down the menu if needed, and tap Document  
Editing.  
1. Open PDF View  
onscreen.)  
. (The list of your files appears  
For more information on Documents To Go, go to  
160  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
2. To search for a file, begin typing the name. (Tap  
the file when it appears.)  
Move Around in a File  
Go to the next or preceding page: Tap  
or  
.
Jump to a different page: Tap the current page  
number at the bottom of the screen. Enter the page  
number you want and press Enter  
.
Change the Display Size  
For information on zooming in and out, see “Zoom  
Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen.  
Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen.  
Double-tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified  
amount.  
If the PDF file was created with a password, enter  
the password to open the file.  
3. To open a second file: Open the application menu  
and tap Open. (Tap the file.)  
Tip: To move between open PDFs, tap the center of the  
gesture area to go to Card view. Tap the PDF card you  
want to read.  
2G. Documents  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. To exit search, open the application menu and tap  
Find.  
Find Text in a File  
1. With a file open, open the application menu and  
tap Find.  
Save a File With a New Name  
1. With the file open, open the application menu and  
tap Save As.  
2. Type the text you want to find, and press Enter  
2. Enter the new file name and tap Save As.  
or tap  
. (The first instance of the text appears  
highlighted.)  
3. Find the next instance: Tap  
.
Find the preceding instance: Tap  
.
162  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Share a File  
1. With the file open, open the application menu and  
tap Share.  
2. Create the email message and tap  
.
View Bookmarks  
If a PDF file was created with bookmarks, you can see  
the bookmarks on your phone.  
1. With the file open, open the application menu and  
tap Bookmarks. (A checkmark next to a bookmark  
name identifies the section of the file you are  
currently viewing.)  
2. Do any of the following:  
To expand a bookmark entry: Tap  
To collapse a bookmark entry: Tap  
.
.
To search for a specific bookmark: Type the  
bookmark name.  
3. Tap a bookmark to jump to that section of the file.  
2G. Documents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
163  
       
Your phone backs up the contacts, calendar events,  
tasks, and memos that are in your Palm profile account,  
as well as system settings and applications you  
downloaded to your phone. An automatic backup to  
your Palm profile of all this information happens every  
day. So if you ever need to erase the info from your  
phone, you can restore all your backed-up info. You  
can turn off automatic backup, and you can also  
perform a manual backup.  
2H. Preferences  
Backup does not affect information stored in online  
accounts like Google. Information stored in online  
accounts is synchronized by the online provider at  
regular intervals. Information stored in Outlook  
Exchange is synchronized by your company's  
Exchange server.  
Backup  
Back Up Your Information  
A Palm profile connects your phone to Palm to get  
automatic updates, back up your data, and more. You  
create a Palm profile when you set up your phone.  
164  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
1. Open Backup  
.
Tip: Go to Device Info to delete the information on your  
Turn on automatic backup if you had previously  
turned it off: Tap Off to switch Backup from Off to  
On.  
What Information is Backed Up?  
All data backed up to your Palm profile is encrypted,  
and only you, the profile owner, can access your data.  
Backed up data cannot be accessed by Palm. Data in  
your Palm profile can only be added to or edited on  
your phone.  
2. Do any of the following:  
Important: In the event that your phone is lost or stolen, you  
can go to your Palm profile on palm.com and from  
there erase the data on your phone.  
Back up your information manually: Tap Back up  
now.  
Turn off automatic backup and delete backed-up  
information: Tap On to switch backup from On to  
Off. Tap Turn Off And Erase Data. This deletes all  
your information on the server. It does not affect  
the information on your phone.  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
165  
   
The following table lists info that is and is not backed  
up to your Palm profile:  
Application  
Backup  
Backed up  
Not backed up  
Backup setting is on by default.  
Nothing is backed up.  
Events in your Palm profile.  
Bluetooth  
Calendar  
Events in online accounts.  
Username and password for accounts like  
Google that sync calendar events online.  
Password for Facebook accounts.  
Contacts  
Contacts in your Palm profile account.  
Contacts in online accounts.  
Username and password for accounts like  
Google that sync contacts online.  
Linking relationships between contacts.  
Original contact photos added from a local  
image on the phone.  
Password for Facebook accounts.  
Speed dials.  
Date & Time  
Nothing is backed up.  
166  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Application  
Backed up  
Not backed up  
Doc View  
Nothing is backed up. Keep a copy of these files  
on your computer (see “Copy Files Between  
Email  
Username and password of your email  
accounts. When you sign in to your Palm profile order, and account preferences.  
after your phone is erased, email accounts are  
Emails, their contents and attachments, their sort  
restored automatically and synchronized.  
Launcher  
Nothing is backed up.  
Nothing is backed up.  
Location  
Services  
Memos  
All memos.  
Messaging  
PDF View  
Username and password of accounts.  
Message contents, attachments, and history.  
Nothing is backed up. Keep a copy of these files  
on your computer (see “Copy Files Between  
Phone  
Photos  
Nothing is backed up.  
Username and password of online accounts like No photos are backed up. Keep a copy of your  
Facebook and Photobucket.  
photos on your computer (see “Copy Files  
page 73).  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
167  
       
Application  
Backed up  
Not backed up  
Regional  
Settings  
Nothing is backed up.  
Screen & Lock Nothing is backed up.  
Sounds &  
Ringtones  
Nothing is backed up.  
Tasks  
Tasks in your Palm profile account.  
Tasks in online accounts.  
Username and password for accounts like  
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync that synchronize  
tasks online.  
Third-party apps Apps you downloaded are downloaded again  
from App Catalog.  
Wallpaper  
Web  
Nothing is backed up.  
Nothing is backed up.  
168  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Update Your Palm Profile Settings  
In the event that your phone is lost or stolen, you can  
go to your Palm profile on palm.com and from there  
erase the data on your phone.  
Important: To ensure that the data on your phone is consistent  
with that stored on your Palm profile, it is  
recommended that you perform a manual backup  
of your data after changing any of your Palm profile  
1. Open Backup  
.
2. Tap application menu and tap Palm Profile.  
4. Edit any of the following:  
3. Enter your Palm profile password and tap Done.  
First Name/Last Name: Change the first name  
and/or last name associated with your Palm profile.  
Email: Change the email address associated with  
your Palm profile. A verification email is sent to the  
new address. Click the link in the email to verify the  
new address. After you verify, the email address is  
changed.  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
169  
   
Security Question/Answer: Tap the current question  
and tap a new one. Then tap Answer and enter an  
answer.  
Change Password: Tap Change Password. Enter  
your new password and confirm it. Tap Done.  
Date & Time  
You can set your phone to adjust the date and time  
automatically to the local date and time wherever you  
are, or you can turn this feature off and enter this  
information manually.  
2. Set any of the following:  
Time Format: Set whether to use a 12-hour or a  
1. Open Date & Time  
.
24-hour format.  
Network time: Tap On or Off. If you turn this option  
off, select the date and time. If you switch from  
manual time to network time, there might be a  
delay before the network time updates on your  
phone.  
170  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Network time zone: Tap On or Off. If you turn this  
option off, tap the city that appears onscreen. Type  
the name of a country or city in the time zone you  
want, and then tap the location.  
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap Phone Reset Options and tap Restart.  
Note: If the screen does not respond to taps, press and hold  
power and slide the ringer switch three times to restart  
your phone.  
Device Info  
Erase Data and Reset Your Phone  
View System Information  
If restarting your phone does not solve the problem of  
application freezes, you may need to reset the phone. A  
reset deletes some or all information from your phone  
(depending on the type of reset you select). After a  
reset, you must follow the prompts to sign in to your  
Palm profile again before you can use your phone.  
1. Open Device Info  
displayed.)  
. (Basic system information is  
2. To view more detailed system information, tap  
More Info, and tap Software or Hardware.  
Important: You should perform a manual backup of your data  
before resetting your phone (see “Back Up Your  
Rename Your phone  
1. Open Device Info  
.
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap the Name field and enter the new name.  
2. Tap Reset Options.  
Restart Your phone  
If an application freezes, first try restarting your phone.  
No files or settings are changed when you restart.  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
171  
                             
else and you don’t want that person to be able to  
access your data. Also, before giving your phone  
to another person, you must manually delete all  
the apps you installed, because they reappear on  
your phone after a full erase (see “Delete an  
After a full erase, you can sign in to your Palm  
profile either on a new webOS phone or the same  
phone you just erased. Signing in restores your  
Palm profile data and information from online  
accounts, but not your stored files such as pictures,  
videos, and music (you must copy those again to  
sign in to your Palm profile on a new phone and  
restore your data to the new phone.  
3. Do one of the following:  
Erase all data from the phone except items stored  
in USB Drive storage, such as pictures, videos, and  
music: Tap Partial Erase twice.  
Important: If you have a Palm profile from a phone that you no  
longer use, you can sign in to your existing profile.  
All info associated with your profile is downloaded  
to your new phone.  
Erase all data from the phone:Tap Full Erase twice.  
All data from all accounts and in USB Drive  
storage is erased from your phone, including  
information about your Palm profile. But all your  
data on the Web—in your online accounts and in  
your Palm profile—is untouched. Perform a full  
erase when you give your phone to somebody  
Run Quick Tests  
If you are troubleshooting your device with a support  
agent, you can run Quick Tests to get diagnostic  
172  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
information. If you need more information after running  
Quick Tests, you can run one or more Interactive Tests  
Use Certificate Manager  
Certificates are digital documents that are used to  
authenticate and exchange information on networks.  
Certificates can be issued for a user, a device, or a  
service.  
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap More Info.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Quick Tests.  
Add a Certificate From USB Drive Storage  
4. Work with the support agent to view and report the  
test results.  
You can install a certificate that is located in the USB  
Drive storage on your phone. To copy a certificate into  
Run Interactive Tests  
If you are troubleshooting your device with a support  
agent and need more information after running Quick  
Tests (see “Run Quick Tests” on page 172), you can  
run one or more Interactive Tests.  
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap More Info.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Certificate  
Manager.  
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap More Info.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Interactive  
Tests.  
4. Work with the support agent to run and view  
results from one or more tests.  
2H. Preferences  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap More Info.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Certificate  
Manager.  
4. Tap the certificate name.  
Delete a Certificate  
Only user-installed certificates can be deleted.  
1. Open Device Info  
.
2. Tap More Info.  
4. Tap  
and tap the certificate name.  
3. Open the application menu and tap Certificate  
Manager.  
Add a Certificate From an Email  
Attachment  
4. Tap the certificate and tap Delete Certificate.  
Regional Settings  
Open the email attachment (see “Open Attachments”  
on page 196), and then tap Trust Certificate.  
Language  
View Certificate Details  
You can set your phone display to any language  
available for the device.  
Only user-installed certificates can be viewed.  
174  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
1. Open Regional Settings  
.
Your phone restarts after you select a new country  
format. You do not lose any data.  
2. Tap the language.  
3. If a region list is displayed, tap the region.  
Screen & Lock  
4. Confirm you want to use the new language, or  
revert to the original language.  
Change Screen Brightness  
Your phone resets after you select a new language.  
You do not lose any data or applications from the reset.  
1. Open Screen & Lock  
.
Formats  
2. Under Screen, tap, hold, and drag the Brightness  
slider to the preferred level.  
You can set your phone to format numbers, currency,  
date, and time to reflect your country’s style.  
Set the Interval for Turning the Screen Off  
Automatically  
1. Open Regional Settings  
2. Tap the country name.  
3. Do one of the following:  
.
By default, your screen turns off after one minute of  
inactivity to save battery power. You can change this  
interval.  
Scroll down to find a country, and then tap it.  
Type the name of the country, and when it  
appears, tap it.  
1. Open Screen & Lock  
.
2. In Turn off after, tap the number of seconds or  
minutes.  
4. Confirm you want to change the format, or tap  
Cancel.  
2H. Preferences  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Change Your Wallpaper  
Turn Advanced Gestures On/Off  
Your wallpaper is the screen background in Card view.  
You can customize the wallpaper to show a favorite  
picture.  
Turning on advanced gestures gives you two new  
gestures, previous and next, and also changes the way  
you make the back gesture, and the forward gesture (in  
Web only).  
1. Open Screen & Lock  
2. Tap Change Wallpaper.  
3. Do one of the following:  
.
New gestures: The previous and next gestures let you  
move among your open applications without first  
going to Card view. The previous gesture is a full  
swipe from left to right across the entire length of the  
gesture area. The next gesture is a full swipe from  
right to left across the entire length of the gesture  
area. Use these gestures when you have more than  
one app open and an app is displayed full-screen.  
By making the previous and next gestures you go  
from full-screen view to full-screen view of each app.  
The order of applications is determined by the order  
that you opened them or arranged them in Card  
view.  
Use an existing picture as the background: Tap the  
album containing the picture, and tap the picture.  
Use a new picture as the background: Tap New  
Photo and take the picture.  
4. (Optional) Do either or both of the following:  
To zoom out or in on a part of the picture, pinch  
in or out on the picture.  
To capture the portion of the picture you want for  
your wallpaper, tap and hold the picture, and then  
drag the portion you want to the center of the  
onscreen box.  
Change to back gesture: The back gesture still goes  
from right to left in the gesture area, but you must  
make a shorter swipe, from the center outward.  
5. Tap Set Wallpaper.  
176  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Change to front gesture: The front gesture (available in  
Web only) still goes from left to right in the gesture  
area, but it’s a shorter swipe, from the center outward.  
manually. Use Secure Unlock if you want to require a  
PIN or a password to unlock the screen.  
Tip: If your company issued your phone to you, check with  
your system administrator whether the company has its  
own settings for locking and unlocking the screen of your  
phone.  
1. Open Screen & Lock  
.
1. Open Screen & Lock  
.
2. To turn Secure Unlock on, in Secure Unlock, tap  
Simple PIN or Password and do one of the  
following:  
Simple PIN: Enter a four-digit PIN. This is a PIN that  
you make up. Enter the PIN again to confirm.  
Password: Enter a password containing any  
combination of letters and numbers. Enter the  
password again to confirm.  
Important: Be sure to write down your PIN or password and  
keep it somewhere safe. If you forget your PIN or  
password, you need to remotely reset your phone  
and may lose data.  
2. In Switch Applications, tap On or Off.  
Set Options for Unlocking the Screen  
3. (Optional) Under Notifications, tap On or Off to set  
whether notifications are displayed when the  
screen is locked.  
The screen locks five seconds after it turns off  
automatically, or immediately if you turn the screen off  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
177  
         
4. To turn Secure Unlock off, in Secure Unlock, tap Off.  
(Enter the PIN or password.)  
Tip: To change your PIN or password, in Secure Unlock, tap  
Change PIN or Change Password. Enter the old  
PIN/password and the new PIN/password.  
Sounds & Ringtones  
Manage System Sounds and Ringtones  
You can turn system sounds, such as transition sounds  
and notification alerts, on or off. You can also set the  
volume for system sounds.  
2. In Ringer Switch Off, tap Vibrate or Mute to set  
whether your phone vibrates when you slide the  
ringer switch off.  
Note: Sliding the ringer switch off turns off system sounds.  
The ringer switch does not affect the Clock alarm or  
media sounds, such as Music and Video.  
3. Under Ringer Switch On, set any of the following:  
Rings & Alerts: Select Sound & Vibrate or Sound. To  
change the ringtone for incoming calls see “Select  
hold, and drag the Ringtone Volume slider to set  
the ringtone volume.  
1. Open Sounds & Ringtones  
.
178  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
2. Tap the displayed ringtone to open the full list of  
Tip: Adjusting the Ringtone Volume slider is the same as  
using the volume up and volume down buttons on the  
side of the phone.  
tones.  
3. Tap the name of the ringtone to select it.  
System Sounds: Set whether to turn on systemwide  
sounds for general actions such as transitions,  
notifications, and Calendar event alerts. Tap, hold,  
and drag the Volume slider to set the system  
sounds volume.  
4. Tap  
to listen to the ringtone.  
5. Use the back gesture to get to the Ringtone Volume  
slider, and then tap, hold, and drag the slider to  
change volume.  
Vibrate: Set whether your phone vibrates as well as  
plays a ringtone on an incoming call.  
Select a Song as a Ringtone  
Tip: By default, when the ringer switch is off, you can still hear  
the Clock alarm. If you want to change this setting, go to  
Clock > Preferences. Under Ringer Switch Off, change  
Play alarm anyway to Off or On.  
You can add the first few seconds of a song as the  
ringtone for your phone.  
The ringtone you select here applies globally to all  
incoming calls. You can also set a unique ringtone for  
Select the Ringtone for Incoming Calls  
1. Open Sounds & Ringtones  
.
The ringtone you select here applies globally to all  
incoming calls. You can also set a unique ringtone for  
2. Tap the displayed ringtone.  
3. Tap  
.
4. Tap  
to the right of a song title to preview it.  
1. Open Sounds & Ringtones  
.
5. Tap the song title to add it as your ringtone.  
2H. Preferences  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
6. Use the back gesture to get to the Ringtone Volume  
slider, and then tap, hold, and drag the slider to  
change volume.  
180  
2H. Preferences  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Section 3  
Web and Data Services and  
Other Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
automatically. You do not need to do anything. If the  
setup process fails, call Sprint Customer Service at  
1-888-211-4727 from another phone for assistance.  
3A. Using Web and Data  
Services  
Access Data Services  
Use Sprint TV® (page 183)  
Data Services User Name  
When you buy your phone and sign up for service,  
you’re automatically assigned a user name, which is  
typically based on your name and a number followed  
by “@sprintpcs.com.” (For example, the third John  
Smith to sign up for Sprint services might have  
[email protected] as his user name.)  
Get Started With Data Services  
With your Sprint service, you are ready to start enjoying  
the advantages of data services. To sign up for data  
services and to access complete instructions, visit  
sprint com For information on charges associated with  
the features of Sprint’s data services, refer to your Sprint  
service plan.  
When you use data services, your user name is  
submitted to identify you to the Sprint National Network.  
Your user name is automatically programmed into your  
phone. You don’t have to enter it. When your phone is  
enabled with data services, your user name  
automatically appears on the Device Info screen.  
Enable Data Services  
The first time your activated Palm® Pixi™ phone is  
turned on, a one-time setup process occurs  
182  
3A. Using Web and Data Services  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
To find your user name:  
you go on the Sprint National Network, you can get  
more out of your Sprint TV service.  
Open Device Info  
and tap More Info. (Your data  
services user name appears under NAI.).  
1. Open Sprint TV  
.
Data Services Symbols on Your Screen  
When you are connected to data services, a data  
connection icon appears at the top of the screen. See  
the various data connection icons.  
Data Services Billing Information  
See your service plan or contact Sprint for details on  
data services billing.  
Use Sprint TV®  
2. Tap Recently Played, Favorites, All Channels, Live,  
On Demand, Premium Channels, Sprint Radio, or  
Sprint Movies to display a list of channels and  
programming.  
With Sprint TV®, you can watch live TV on the go, right  
on your phone. Accessing your Sprint TV channels is  
as easy as using the remote control in your living room.  
Browse through the available free channels or  
3. Tap an item to play it.  
subscribe to one of the premium offerings. Wherever  
3A. Using Web and Data Services  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
183  
                 
Note: The first time you access a channel that requires a  
subscription, you are prompted to purchase access.  
Tap Subscribe to purchase access.  
NASCAR Sprint Cup MobileSM  
With NASCAR Sprint Cup MobileSM, you can keep pace  
with the latest race results, driver stats, and live race  
audio.  
1. Open NASCAR  
.
2. The first time you open NASCAR Sprint Cup Mobile,  
do the following:  
3. Tap options such as Home, News, SPEED, Video,  
and Drivers. (Open the application menu and tap  
other options such as Stats and Schedules, Sprint  
FanView, Alerts and Personalization, or Fantasy.)  
Tap Continue and follow the onscreen  
instructions.  
Tap a driver thumbnail and tap Continue.  
NFL Mobile Live  
With NFL Mobile Live, you can keep up with the latest  
news and stats from the National Football League.  
184  
3A. Using Web and Data Services  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1. Open NFL  
.
5. Open the application menu and tap other options  
such as Alerts & Personalizations, Scores &  
Schedules, Audio & Video, Standings & Statistics, or  
Help.  
2. The first time you use NFL Mobile Live, you are  
asked to select your favorite team. Do either of the  
following:  
Tap A for an AFC team.  
Tap N for an NFC team.  
3. Tap a team logo.  
4. Tap options such as Home, My Team, Fantasy, NFL  
Net, and News.  
3A. Using Web and Data Services  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
185  
 
if you set up your Google contacts account in Contacts  
before you set up Gmail, when you first open Email,  
you find that your Gmail messages are already  
downloaded. And when you first open Calendar, you  
find that your Google calendar events are already in  
your phone’s Calendar app.  
3B. Email and Other  
Messages  
For email accounts that do not make use of the  
Synergy feature, you need to enter the settings for that  
account—such as username and password—directly in  
the Email application (see “Set Up Email” on  
Email  
You can also use your phone’s Web browser to view  
your web-based email—just go to the email provider’s  
website.  
How Do I Send and Receive Email on My  
Phone?  
Merged Inboxes in Email  
Use the Email application on your phone to access the  
many email accounts you have: company (like  
Exchange), ISP (like EarthLink and Comcast), and  
web-based (like Gmail).  
The Palm® Synergy™ feature makes it easy to  
synchronize all data from an online account. By setting  
up synchronization in one app, synchronization of the  
other apps is automatically set up for you. For example,  
You can set up multiple email accounts on your phone.  
When you open Email, you see all your accounts in a  
single view: Account List view. From there, you can  
open the inbox of an individual account—or, thanks to  
the Palm® Synergy™ feature, you can see all messages  
from all your inboxes displayed in a single merged view  
called All inboxes.  
186  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
If you create a new message when you’re working in  
All inboxes, the message goes out using the account  
you set as the default account (see “Set Email  
Set Up Email  
Before You Begin:  
Make sure your phone is on and you’re inside a coverage  
area before you send or receive messages.  
If you want delivery of Microsoft Office Outlook® email from  
an Exchange account using Microsoft Direct Push, make  
sure that your IT organization uses Exchange Server 2007,  
or Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2.  
1 Number to the right of All inboxes indicates total  
number of unread email messages in all your  
email accounts.  
Set Up Email: Common Providers  
2 Number to the right of individual folder name  
indicates number of unread messages in that  
folder.  
Follow this procedure if you have a common email  
provider, for example, AOL, EarthLink, or Yahoo! If you  
are setting up the Email application to work with your  
corporate email account that uses Microsoft Exchange  
common email provider, see “Set Up Email: Other  
If you reply to a message when you’re working in All  
inboxes, the message is sent from the same account in  
which it was received.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
187  
               
If the email account you set up takes advantage of the  
Synergy feature, then setting up email also  
Enter your password for the account and tap Sign  
In.  
synchronizes the provider's calendar and contacts.  
If you already set up an account and want to set up  
another one: Tap Add An Account and enter the  
email address and password. Tap Sign In.  
1. Open Email  
.
2. The first time you open Email, do one of the  
following:  
3. Any other time you open Email, open the  
application menu, tap Preferences & Accounts, and  
tap Add An Account. (Enter the email address and  
password and tap Sign In.)  
4. Tap Add An Account to add another account.  
Set Up Email: Microsoft Exchange  
ActiveSync (EAS)  
Follow this procedure to get email from an Exchange  
account.  
Before You Begin: Get this info from your email provider or  
system administrator:  
• Mail server name or IP address for  
receiving mail  
If this is the first email account you are setting up:  
The email address you used for your Palm profile  
is entered by default. Use that address, or enter  
an address for one of your other email accounts.  
• Server domain name  
Your username and password  
188  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
If this is the first email account you are setting up:  
The email address you used for your Palm profile  
is entered by default. Use that address, or enter  
an address for one of your other email accounts.  
Enter your password for the account and tap Sign  
In.  
Note: If your corporate EAS system utilizes policies such as  
remote wipe and password enforcement (including  
minimum password length, allowed number of failed  
password attempts, and other parameters), those  
policies are supported in your Exchange account on  
your phone. Check with your system administrator for  
details.  
If you already set up an account and want to set up  
another one: Tap Add An Account. Enter your  
username and password, and tap Sign In.  
1. Open Email  
.
2. The first time you open Email, do one of the  
following:  
3. Any other time you open Email, open the  
application menu, tap Preferences & Accounts, and  
tap Add An Account. (Enter your username and  
password, and tap Sign In.)  
4. Tap OK, and tap Manual Setup.  
5. In Mail Type, tap POP to display the list of options,  
and then tap Exchange (EAS).  
6. Verify the information in the other fields and  
change the info as needed based on the  
information you obtained. (You can enter either the  
server name or IP address in the Incoming Mail  
Server field.)  
7. Tap Sign In.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
189  
 
8. Tap Add An Account to add another account.  
2. The first time you open Email, do one of the  
following:  
Set Up Email: Other Providers  
Follow this procedure to get email from an account that  
you have with an Internet service provider (ISP), a work  
account other than a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync  
account, or any other IMAP or POP email account.  
Before You Begin: Get this info from your email provider or  
system administrator:  
• Account type (POP or IMAP)  
• Incoming and outgoing mail server  
names  
• Incoming mail server username and  
password  
• Incoming and outgoing server port  
numbers  
If this is the first email account you are setting up:  
The email address you used for your Palm profile  
is entered by default. Use that address, or enter  
an address for one of your other email accounts.  
Enter your password for the account and tap Sign  
In.  
• Any SSL requirements for incoming  
and/or outgoing mail  
• Any authentication (ESMTP)  
requirements for outgoing mail  
• Root folder (IMAP accounts only)  
1. Open Email  
.
If you already set up an account and want to set up  
another one: Tap Add An Account. Enter your  
username and password, and tap Sign In.  
190  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3. Any other time you open Email, open the  
application menu, tap Preferences & Accounts, and  
tap Add An Account. (Enter your username and  
password, and tap Sign In.)  
3. Tap the account name.  
4. Set any of the following:  
4. Tap OK, and tap Manual Setup.  
Tip: You can jump to the account settings entry screen  
directly from the screen where you enter your username  
and password. Open the application menu and tap  
Manual Setup.  
5. Verify the information in the other fields and  
change the info as needed based on the  
information you obtained from your email provider  
or system administrator.  
6. Tap Sign In.  
Account Name: Enter the name that appears in the  
account list.  
Enter Advanced Account Settings  
Full Name: Enter the name you want to appear in  
the From field for messages you send.  
These settings apply only to the account you select in  
step 3.  
Show Icon: Set whether a notification icon appears  
onscreen when a new message arrives.  
1. Open Email  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
Play Sound: Set whether a sound plays when a  
new message arrives.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
191  
               
Vibrate: Set whether your phone vibrates when a  
new message arrives.  
Signature: Tap to create a signature that’s added to  
outgoing messages (see “Add a Signature to  
information).  
Change Login Settings: See “Change Account  
Change Account Login Settings  
Reply-to Address: Enter the address you want  
recipients to see and reply to on your outgoing  
messages, if this is different from your actual email  
address.  
When you change your password for an online email  
account, remember to make the change in the account  
settings on your phone also.  
1. Open Email  
.
Sync deleted emails (POP accounts only): Set  
whether messages should be deleted on the  
server when you delete them on your phone.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
Show Email: Set how many days’ worth of  
messages to retrieve from the server.  
3. Tap the account name.  
4. Tap Change Login Settings and tap the relevant  
fields to change the account information.  
Get Email: Set how frequently to synchronize email  
for this account.  
Default Folders (IMAP accounts only): Specify the  
folder where messages you send, save as drafts,  
or delete are stored.  
Delete an Email Account  
When you delete an email account from your phone, it  
removes the account information from your phone only.  
It does not affect your account with the email provider.  
192  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                         
1. Open Email  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
3. Tap the account name.  
4. Tap Remove Account, and then tap Remove Email  
Account.  
Create and Send an Email Message  
1. Open Email  
.
2. If this is the first time you have opened the Email  
application, and you have set up at least one email  
account, tap Done. (If you have not set up an email  
4. (Optional) Tap From to change the email account  
you are using to send the message. (This option  
appears only if you have more than one email  
account set up on your phone.)  
3. Tap  
.
5. In the To field, do one of the following to address  
the message:  
Enter a contact name, initials, or email address.  
Tap the email address when it appears.  
Tap  
to open the full contact list. Tap the  
contact you want, or enter a name or address to  
narrow the list.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
193  
     
Enter the full email address for a recipient who is  
not a contact.  
10. (Optional) To set the priority for the message, open  
the application menu and tap Set As Normal  
Priority or Set As High Priority.  
6. (Optional) Tap To to open the Cc and Bcc fields,  
and enter an address.  
11. Tap  
.
7. (Optional) Repeat steps 5 and 6 to enter additional  
addresses.  
Add Attachments to a Message  
8. Enter the subject, press Enter  
, and enter the  
1. While composing a message, tap  
.
body text.  
2. To locate a file, do the following:  
9. (Optional) To format body text, do one of the  
following:  
Tap an icon at the bottom of the screen to search  
for pictures, videos, music files, or documents.  
To enter bold, italic, or underlined text, open the  
application menu and tap Edit > [the option you  
want]. Enter the text. To turn off the formatting,  
open the application menu and tap Edit > [the  
option you want to turn off].  
Begin typing the file name.  
Tip: To take a new picture to send as an attachment, tap the  
photo icon at the bottom of the screen and tap New  
Photo.  
To enter colored text, open the application menu  
and tap Edit > scroll down > Text Color. Tap the  
color and enter the text.  
3. Tap the file name.  
4. Repeat steps 1–3 to attach other files.  
Tip: To format text you already entered, select the text, open  
the application menu, and tap Edit > [the option you  
want]. To turn off a formatting option, open the  
Save a Message as a Draft  
While composing a message, open the application  
menu and tap Save As Draft.  
application menu and tap Edit > [the option you want  
to turn off]. For text color, tap the black square.  
194  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Receive and Read Email Messages  
The Email application synchronizes messages anytime  
you open a mail folder. It also synchronizes messages  
on an automatic schedule—the default interval is every  
page 191 for information on changing the interval).  
Follow these steps to manually retrieve messages.  
1. Open Email  
2. If the folders for the account you want are hidden,  
tap to display the folders.  
3. Tap the folder you want to check messages for. (If  
synchronization doesn’t start, tap .)  
.
5. Tap  
or  
in the subject line to view the next  
newer or older message.  
Tip: How can you tell if sync is happening? Look for the  
animated circular movement around the number of  
messages in the upper-right corner of the screen.  
6. To view messages for another account, make the  
(Back Gesture)” on page 48) to return to the  
account list, and tap the account name.  
4. Tap a message to open it.  
Save or Share an Inline Image  
If a message contains an inline image—an image  
inserted right into the body text—you can share the  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
195  
   
image with someone else via email. If you choose this  
option, a new blank email message opens with the  
image file as an attachment.  
If the image is in JPG, BMP, or PNG format, you can  
also save it to and view it in the Photos app.  
1. With the message open, press and hold Option  
and tap the image.  
2. Tap Copy To Photos (if available) or Share.  
Open Attachments  
You can receive any kind of file sent to you, but you  
can only open an attachment if the your phone has an  
application that can open the file type.  
Save Attachments  
To open a single attachment: Tap the name to open  
the attachment. For large attachments, tap the name  
to fully download the attachment, and tap the name  
again to open the attachment.  
When you open attachments of certain file types, you  
can save them to your phone so you can view them  
later in one of your phone’s applications.  
1. Open the attachment (see “Open Attachments” on  
To open multiple attachments: Tap the list of  
attachment names to view the attachments, and tap  
an attachment name to open the file.  
2. Do one of the following:  
For pictures in JPG, BMP or PNG format: Tap Copy  
To Photos.  
196  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
For other file types: Open the application menu  
and tap Save As. If the Save As menu item is not  
available, you cannot save the attachment.  
View a Contact From an Email Message  
In a message you received from someone listed in  
the Contacts app, tap the name to open the contact  
entry.  
Add a Contact From an Email Message  
You can add a contact name or email address to your  
Contacts list directly from the To, Cc, or Bcc field of an  
incoming email message. You can either create a new  
contact or add the information to an existing contact.  
Search for an Email Message  
You can search for messages in any email folder.  
Incoming messages must be fully downloaded to your  
phone to show up in search results.  
1. In a message you received, tap the name or email  
address.  
In the folder containing the message, type a few  
characters of a name or email address in the From,  
To, or Cc line, or a few characters of the subject.  
Matching results appear as you type. Keep entering  
characters to narrow the list.  
2. Tap Add To Contacts.  
3. Tap one of the following:  
Save As New: Create a new contact for the name or  
address.  
Reply to a Message  
Add To Existing: Tap the contact you want to add  
the name or address to.  
1. Open a message.  
2. Tap one of the following:  
: Reply to just the sender.  
: Reply to the sender and all other addressees.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
197  
     
3. Enter the reply message text and tap  
.
Flag or Unflag a Message  
1. Open a message.  
Forward a Message  
2. Open the application menu and tap Set Flag or  
Clear Flag.  
1. Open a message and tap  
.
2. Address the forwarded message (see “Create and  
Show or Hide Message Header Details  
3. Enter the forwarded message text and tap  
.
1. Open a message.  
2. Tap a recipient name to show details. (Tap again to  
hide details.)  
Move a Message to Another Folder  
1. Open a message.  
Delete a Message  
2. Open the application menu and tap Move To  
Folder.  
Deleting a message moves it to your deleted items  
folder, so it’s still on your phone. Depending on your  
email account, this folder is called Deleted Items,  
Deleted, Trash, or something else.  
3. Tap the folder you want.  
Mark a Message as Read or Unread  
If you accidentally delete a message, you can move it  
back to the original folder (see “Move a Message to  
Another Folder” on page 198). To remove a message  
from your phone permanently, delete it from the  
deleted items folder.  
1. Open a message.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Mark As  
Read/Unread.  
198  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Edit > [the option you want].)  
Tip: If you change the folder where you store deleted  
messages for an IMAP account (see “Enter Advanced  
Account Settings” on page 191), deleting messages from  
this folder removes them from your phone.  
Do one of the following:  
In the message list: Throw the message off the side of  
the screen.  
In an open message: Tap  
.
Add a Signature to Outgoing Messages  
A signature includes information you want to add to the  
closing of all your outgoing messages—for example,  
your name, address, and phone numbers; your  
website; or a personal motto. You can use a different  
signature for each email account.  
View Mail Folders  
1. Open Email  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
1. Open Email  
.
Accounts.  
2. Do any of the following:  
3. Tap the account you want.  
View all folders for an account: Tap  
Open a folder: Tap the folder name.  
.
4. Tap the Signature field and enter the signature text.  
(To format the text with bold, italics, or color, select  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
199  
         
View folder information such as last sync and  
number of messages: Open the folder, and then  
tap the folder header.  
3. Tap  
To remove a folder as a favorite, repeat steps 1 and 2  
and tap to the right of the folder name.  
to the right of the folder name.  
Set Email Preferences  
1. Open Email  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
3. Set any of the following:  
Add a Folder as a Favorite  
Favorites appear at the top of Account List view.  
1. Open Email  
.
2. If the folder you want is not displayed, tap  
to  
the right of the email account name to display the  
folder.  
200  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Smart Folders: Set whether to include All Inboxes  
and/or All Flagged messages as favorites at the  
top of Account List view.  
Reply to Meeting Invitations  
You can receive meeting invitations on your phone in  
the same way that you receive email messages. You  
cannot create meeting invitations on your phone.  
Accounts: Tap an account name to enter advanced  
Tap whether to accept, tentatively accept, or decline  
an invitation.  
Default Account: Tap the account shown to set  
another account as the default. The default  
account is used to send a message when you  
create a new message in Account List view or in a  
merged folder such as All Inboxes or All Flagged. If  
you have only one email account on your phone,  
the Default Account preference is not displayed.  
Here are the key features of meeting invitations:  
Meeting invitations appear on your phone in the  
Email application, not in the Calendar application.  
From within the Email application, you can accept,  
decline, or tentatively accept a meeting invitation.  
If you accept or tentatively accept an invitation, it  
appears as an event in Calendar.  
Reorder Accounts  
You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in  
the same way as email messages.  
1. Open Email  
.
Tip: If you receive an updated meeting invitation, you can  
again choose to accept, decline, or tentatively accept. If  
you receive a meeting cancellation, open the message  
and tap Remove From Calendar to delete the meeting  
from your calendar.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
3. Tap and hold the account name, wait for the visual  
cue, and then drag the account up or down. (This  
changes the order of the accounts in Account List  
view.)  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
201  
         
Instant messages for an IM account you already  
have set up online (see “Set Up an Instant  
Send Email Messages From Within  
Another Application  
The Synergy feature enables the Messaging app to  
gather all your text, multimedia, and instant messages  
to and from the same contact into a single  
conversation (sometimes called a thread). So you can  
see your entire message history with a person  
regardless of the different methods you happened to  
use to communicate with that person (see “Work With  
Conversations” on page 202). You can even switch  
from account to account without losing the thread of  
your conversation (see “Switch Between Messaging  
the messaging account that’s most likely to keep you in  
unbroken contact with the person you're talking to.  
Use the share menu item in any application that  
supports this feature to send an item as an attachment  
to an email message. This feature is supported in the  
Contacts, Photos, Doc View, PDF View, and Memos  
applications, among others. Depending on the app, the  
menu item might be named Share, Send, or Email. For  
details, see the section on the specific application.  
Messaging  
What Kinds of Messages Can I Send and  
Receive?  
Work With Conversations  
You can use the Messaging application to send and  
receive the following types of messages:  
When you exchange more than one message with a  
person, the messages are grouped into a conversation.  
A single conversation can contain text, multimedia, and  
IM messages. When you start or continue a  
Text and multimedia messages (see “Create and  
202  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
conversation, the upper part of Conversation view  
displays all messages you’ve exchanged with this  
person, and the bottom part provides the area where  
you type your next message.  
Tip: To save the contents of a conversation, open the  
conversation, open the application menu, and tap Copy  
All. This saves the entire conversation as plain text, which  
you can paste in a memo, email message, and so on.  
You can carry on multiple conversations at the same  
time.  
Switch Between Messaging Accounts in a  
Conversation  
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. Do one of the following:  
In a single conversation, you can switch between  
text/multimedia messaging and an IM account. So if  
you are having an IM chat with someone and he or she  
goes offline, you can send the person a text message  
to wrap up the conversation. You can also switch  
between different phone numbers for sending a text  
message to a person.  
Start a new conversation: Create a message (see  
Messages” on page 211), or tap a message and  
reply to it.  
Continue an existing conversation: Tap the  
conversation.  
1. In Messaging, start a new conversation or open  
one that’s listed in Conversations view.  
3. Enter your message.  
2. Tap Text or an IM account name in the upper-right  
corner of the screen. (If available, the other ways to  
4. Tap  
.
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
203  
     
communicate with this contact appear in a list. Tap  
the account or phone number you want to use.)  
2. For Conversations view, tap Conversations. (For  
Buddies view, tap Buddies.)  
3. In Buddies view, tap  
to expand a buddy list.  
(Tap a buddy name to contact that person.)  
Switch Between Conversations View and  
Buddies View  
Tip: You can set a preference to show all your buddies,  
whether they are on- or offline, or to hide offline buddies.  
In Buddies view, open the application menu and tap  
Show/Hide Offline Buddies.  
Conversations view lists all of your Messaging  
conversations. Buddies view lists all of your IM buddies.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
204  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Create and Send a Text or Multimedia  
Message  
Tip: If you want to set up an instant messaging (IM) account  
the first time you open Messaging, tap Add An Account  
page 209 for instructions.  
Each text message can have up to 160 characters. If  
you send a text message to an email address, the  
email address is deducted from the 160-character  
count.  
3. Tap  
. (The cursor is in the To field.) Do one of  
the following to address the message:  
Enter a contact’s first or last name or initials,  
screen name, phone number, or email address.  
Tap the phone number, IM, or email address you  
want to use to send the message when it  
appears.  
Multimedia messages consist of both text and pictures.  
You can include pictures in JPG format.  
Did You Know? You can send and receive text messages  
even while you are on a phone call. This is  
easiest when using a hands-free headset or  
the speaker.  
Tap  
to open your full contact list. Tap the  
contact you want or enter a name or address to  
narrow the list.  
Before You Begin: Make sure that your phone is on and that  
Enter a phone number for a recipient who is not a  
contact.  
Tip: Do you need to enter a short code that contains letters?  
Use the keyboard to enter it; just press the letter keys. For  
example, if the code is “win01,” press W to enter w, I to  
enter i, and so on. No need to figure out the numbers that  
correspond to the letters.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. The first time you open Messaging, tap Done to  
send a text or multimedia message. (Thereafter,  
skip to step 3.)  
4. Tap the To field and repeat step 3 to enter  
additional recipients.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
205  
           
5. Do one of the following to attach a picture to a  
multimedia message:  
Before entering the message text: Tap  
album containing the picture you want. Tap the  
picture, or tap New Photo and take the picture.  
Tap Attach Photo.  
. Tap the  
After entering the message text: Open the  
application menu and tap Add Picture. Tap the  
album containing the picture you want and tap  
the picture, or tap New Photo and take the picture.  
Tap Attach Photo.  
6. Enter the message text and tap  
.
Tip: You can include emoticons in your message (see “Use  
Use Emoticons in a Message  
Tip: You can also send a contact entry as part of a  
multimedia message. Do this in the Contacts app (see  
To include an emoticon in a text, multimedia, or IM  
message, type in a keyboard character combination for  
that emoticon. Most emoticons can be created by more  
than one combination. After you send the message, the  
emoticon image appears in the conversation on your  
phone and on the recipient’s phone, as long as the  
receiving IM application supports the image.  
206  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
This table shows the emoticons that are supported on  
your phone.  
To display this Enter any of these keyboard character  
emoticon...  
combinations...  
Note: Emoticon combinations that use words, such as :cool  
or :cry, are not supported in most chat applications.  
Emoticons created using these combinations may not  
appear correctly on the recipient’s phone.  
:! :-! :eek  
(
:-( =( =-( :sad  
:O :-O :o :-o =O =-O =o  
=-o :surprised :shock :omg  
^^ ^_^ ^-^ :grin :biggrin  
To display this Enter any of these keyboard character  
emoticon...  
combinations...  
>:o >:-o >:O >:-O >:( >:-(  
:angry :mad  
<3 :heart  
o_O :confused  
O:) O:-) o:) o:-) :innocent :angel  
:-* :* =* =-* :kiss  
8) 8-) B) B-) :cool  
:’( =’( :cry  
:-D :D =D =-D laugh :lol  
>:-) >:) >:-> >:> :evil :twisted  
:[ :-[ =[ =-[ redface  
:S :-S :s :-s %-( %( X-( X(  
:eww :gross  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
207  
pictures in JPG format to your phone for viewing in the  
Photos application.  
To display this Enter any of these keyboard character  
emoticon...  
combinations...  
1. Open Messaging  
.
:| :-| :neutral :meh  
2. Tap a conversation to view messages.  
:-& :& =& =-& :-@ :@ =@  
=-@ :sick  
3. In a multimedia message, tap a music, video, or  
vCard file name to view the attached file.  
((Attached pictures are displayed within the  
message.) Tap Copy Photo to save an attached  
JPG picture.)  
:) :-) =) =-) :smile  
:/ :-/ :\ :-\ =/ =-/ =\ =-\  
Add a Contact From a Message  
:doh  
;) ;-) :wink  
1. In a conversation, tap the header of a message  
received from someone who is not a contact.  
:P :-P :p :-p :b :-b =p =P  
=b =-b =-p =-P :yuck :razz  
2. Tap Add To Contacts.  
3. Tap one of the following:  
Save As New: Create a new contact for the name or  
address.  
Receive and View Text and Multimedia  
Messages  
Add To Existing: Tap the contact you want to add  
the name or address to.  
You can view pictures and videos and listen to music  
files included in a multimedia message. You can save  
208  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
View a Contact’s Information From a  
Message  
Set Up an Instant Messaging (IM) Account  
To use an IM account on your phone, such as a  
GoogleTalk IM account, you must already have the  
account online. If you have an IM account with a  
provider that takes advantage of the Synergy feature,  
that IM account is automatically added to your phone  
when you enter your username and password for that  
provider in Email, Calendar, or Contacts.  
In a conversation, tap the header of a message  
received from a contact to open the contact entry.  
Dial a Number From a Message  
Tap a phone number.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
Delete a Message  
2. Do one of the following:  
The first time you open Messaging: Tap Add An  
Account.  
1. In a conversation, throw the message off the side  
of the screen.  
Any other time: Open the application menu and  
tap Preferences & Accounts. Tap Add IM Account.  
2. Tap Delete to confirm.  
Delete a Conversation  
1. In Conversations view, throw the conversation off  
the side of the screen.  
2. Tap Delete to confirm.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
209  
             
3. Tap the account type and enter your username  
and password.  
3. Tap  
to the left of the text Offline and tap  
Available.  
4. Tap Sign In.  
Sign Out of an IM Account  
Sign In to an IM Account  
1. Open Messaging  
.
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. Tap Buddies.  
2. Tap Buddies.  
3. Tap the status icon to the left of your online status  
(Available or Busy) and tap Sign off.  
210  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5. When the message recipient replies, the reply  
appears below your message in the conversation.  
(Repeat step 4 to send another message.)  
Send and Receive IM Messages  
Before You Begin: Make sure that your phone is on and that  
Change Your Online Status  
1. Open Messaging  
.
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. Do one of the following to start or continue a  
2. Tap Buddies.  
conversation:  
3. Tap the status icon to the left of the status  
description, and tap your new status.  
In Conversations or Buddies view, tap  
to start  
a new conversation.  
4. Tap  
to confirm your status.  
In Conversations view, tap an existing  
conversation and enter a new message.  
Change Your Custom Message  
In Buddies view, tap a buddy name and enter a  
new message.  
Your custom message is seen by your IM buddies. It  
appears next to your IM screen name and status. It can  
contain any text you want.  
3. Tap Text or an IM account name in the upper-right  
corner of the screen, and tap the IM account you  
want to use.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
4. Enter the message text and tap  
.
2. Tap Buddies.  
Tip: You can include emoticons in your message (see “Use  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
211  
         
3. Do one of the following:  
Delete an IM Account  
If you already have a custom message: Tap the  
current message and enter the new message  
text.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
If you’re creating a custom message for the first  
time: Tap the status text (Available, Busy, and so  
on) and enter the custom message text.  
3. Tap the account name.  
4. Tap Remove Account, and tap Remove Account  
again to confirm.  
Change Your IM Account Username and  
Password  
Turn Messaging Notifications On or Off  
If you change the username or password for your IM  
account online, you need to enter the updated  
information for the account on your phone.  
You can set your phone to show a notification and/or  
play a sound when a new message arrives. These  
settings apply to all your Messaging accounts.  
1. Open Messaging  
.
1. Open Messaging  
.
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
3. Tap the account name.  
3. Turn either of the following new message  
notifications on or off:  
4. Enter the new information and tap Sign In.  
212  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Show Notifications: Set whether a notification  
appears when you receive a new message.  
Play Sounds: Set whether an alert sound plays  
when you receive a new message. The ringer  
switch must be set to On for you to hear the sound.  
3B. Email and Other Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
213  
 
1. Open Location Services  
.
3C. Web and Wireless  
Connections  
2. The first time you open Location Services you may  
be asked to review and accept the terms of use,  
and decide whether to allow anonymous data  
collection. Tap Next and do the following:  
Review the terms of use.  
If you decide not to allow anonymous data  
collection, tap the checkmark to remove it.  
Tap Agree or Don’t Agree.  
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology (page 226)  
3. Decide whether to enable auto locate, or whether  
you want to be asked each time an application  
needs to know your location: Tap Auto Locate or  
Ask Each Time.  
Location Services  
4. To change settings after you accept the terms of  
use, tap On or Off for any of the following:  
The Location Services application provides information  
about your location to applications that request it. For  
example, Google Maps may use your location  
information if you need driving directions.  
214  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Did You Know? The geotag is stored as an EXIF tag in the  
photo file, not on the image itself. A common  
use of the geotag occurs in online photo  
services like Photobucket and desktop apps  
like Google Earth, which use the data to  
position the photo as a thumbnail on a map.  
Background Data Collection: Turn on Background  
Data Collection to allow the collection of  
anonymous aggregate location data to improve  
the quality of the location services provided to  
applications that require them.  
5. To choose how you want to be located, open  
application menu, tap Locate Me Using, and  
choose one or both of the following:  
Auto Locate: If you turn Auto Locate off and an  
application subsequently needs to know your  
location, a notification appears asking if the  
application can identify your location. Tap Allow  
to turn on Location Services for that session only.  
GPS.  
Google Service.  
Geotag Photos: If Geotag Photos is turned on,  
photos are tagged with the latitude and longitude  
coordinates of the location in which they were  
taken.  
Web  
Go to a Website  
The Web browser on your phone is capable of  
displaying most Web content. The browser features the  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
215  
             
latest Web standard technologies such as HTML 4.01,  
CSS 2.1, Ajax, and JavaScript. It does not support  
plug-ins such as Flash or Java applets.  
Did You Know? If you browse to a secure Web page, the lock  
icon in the address line appears closed.  
3. To cancel a page while it is loading, tap  
.
1. Open Web  
.
2. Enter the address of the page. (You don’t need to  
enter the prefix http://www.)  
Go to a Website Using Search  
You can also search the Web from the Launcher or  
1. Open Web  
.
2. Enter the search term and tap a search option.  
Open Another Browser  
If you are looking at one Web page and need to check  
something on a different one, simply open another  
browser.  
1. Open Web  
, open the application menu , and  
If the page appears in the list of viewed pages, tap  
it to go there again. If not, press Enter  
tap New card.  
2. Enter an address or search term for the second  
instance of the browser.  
216  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3. To move between the two pages, tap the center of  
the gesture area to display Card view. Tap one  
Web page and then the other to go between the  
two.  
Zoom in on a column of a Web page: Double-tap the  
page to center a column and enlarge it. To zoom out  
to see the whole page again, keep double-tapping.  
Pan a page: Tap, hold, and drag the page.  
Enter information in a form: Tap the form field. Enter or  
Navigate a Web Page  
select information and press Enter  
.
Share a Web address as a link: Open the application  
menu, tap Page, and tap Share. Create the email  
message.  
Move back through previously viewed pages: Tap  
or make the back gesture from right to left anywhere  
in the gesture area.  
Display the address bar: Start typing a search term or  
Web address, or scroll to the top of the page.  
Move forward through previously viewed pages:  
Tap  
or make the forward gesture from left to right  
anywhere in the gesture area.  
Add a Web Page to the Launcher  
Refresh the current page: Tap  
.
Scroll a page: Swipe up or down on the screen.  
Add any Web pages you visit frequently to the  
Launcher so you can access them in a few taps.  
View a Web page in landscape mode: Turn the phone  
on its side. When the display is in landscape mode,  
you can swipe up and down on the gesture area to  
scroll up and down a page.  
1. Open the page you want to add to the Launcher.  
2. Open the application menu, tap Page, and tap Add  
To Launcher.  
Zoom in or out on a page: Pinch out to enlarge items  
onscreen. Pinch in to decrease the size of items  
onscreen. Double-tap the screen to zoom in or out a  
specified amount.  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
217  
           
useful gestures if you want to edit the page title.  
URL: Enter or edit the URL for the page. For  
example, change the URL to the home page of a  
site instead of a drill-down page within the site.  
4. Tap Add To Launcher.  
The page now appears as an icon on the Launcher.  
Tap the icon to open the page. To delete the page from  
Create a Bookmark  
1. Open the page you want to bookmark.  
3. Enter any of the following:  
2. Open the application menu and tap Add  
Bookmark.  
Icon: Tap the currently displayed page icon  
thumbnail. Then tap, hold, and drag the Web page  
to use a different portion of the page as the  
Launcher icon. You can zoom in on or out of the  
page while selecting the portion you want to use.  
The portion that appears in the white square is  
used as the icon. Tap Done.  
218  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
useful gestures if you want to edit the bookmark  
title.  
URL: Enter or edit the URL for the bookmark. For  
example, change the URL to the home page of a  
site instead of a drill-down page within the site.  
4. Tap Add Bookmark.  
The first 12 bookmarks you create become thumbnails  
on the start page of the Web app.  
Open a Bookmarked Page  
Do one of the following:  
3. Enter any of the following:  
From the start page when you open the browser, tap  
a thumbnail.  
Icon: Tap the currently displayed bookmark icon.  
Then tap, hold, and drag the Web page to use a  
different portion of the page as the bookmark icon.  
You can zoom in on or out of the page while  
selecting the portion you want to use. The portion  
that appears in the white square is used as the  
icon. If you add the bookmark to the Launcher, the  
icon is used as the Launcher icon. Tap Done.  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
219  
   
To open a bookmark if it’s not on the start page, or  
after you navigate away from the start page, open the  
application menu and tap Bookmarks. Then tap a  
bookmark.  
Edit, Reorder, or Delete a Bookmark  
1. Open the application menu and tap Bookmarks.  
2. Do one of the following:  
Edit: Tap  
to the right of the bookmark name.  
Enter the new icon, title, or URL and tap Save  
Bookmark.  
220  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Reorder: Tap, hold, wait for the visual cue, and  
then drag the bookmark.  
You can also search for a recently viewed page by  
entering a term or address in the address bar that  
matches the page name or address.  
Delete: Throw the bookmark off the side of the  
screen and tap Delete.  
Use Links on a Web Page  
Return to Previously Viewed Web Pages  
To follow a link to another page: Zoom in on the page  
(pinch out or double-tap the page), and tap the link.  
1. Open the application menu and tap History.  
To dial a phone number that appears as a link: Tap the  
link to display the dial pad with number entered, and  
tap  
.
Customize Web Browser Settings  
1. Open Web  
.
2. Scroll to the page name and tap the page.  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
221  
               
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences.  
Accept Cookies: Allows cookies from any website  
you view, even if you are redirected to a site from  
another site. Tap Yes to turn Accept Cookies off.  
JavaScript” Tap On to turn off JavaScript. Turning  
off JavaScript may prevent some websites from  
functioning properly.  
Clear History: Tap to delete your browsing history.  
Clear Cookies: Tap to delete cookies used by some  
websites to remember visiting history and user  
settings.  
Clear Cache: Tap to delete any Web page content  
that has been stored in the local cache. This  
ensures that you are viewing the most current  
content when you visit a Web page.  
3. Set any of the following:  
Block Popups: Prevents websites from opening up  
new browser windows. Tap Yes to turn Block  
Popups off.  
222  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
In Google Maps, use these icons to do the  
following:  
Google Maps  
Icon  
Description  
1. Open Google Maps  
.
Search Map: Search for a location.  
2. Tap Menu in the lower-right corner.  
Show Traffic: View local traffic conditions.  
Directions: Get directions.  
Satellite: View a satellite photo of the map  
area.  
Map: Return to Map View from Satellite  
View.  
Help & Terms: Get help.  
Clear Map: Clear the current map.  
Close Menu: Close the Google Maps  
menu.  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
223  
           
2. Tap Drive To.  
Sprint Navigation  
You can use Sprint Navigation to get driving directions,  
check traffic conditions, and search for services.  
Sign In to Sprint Navigation  
The first time you use Sprint Navigation, you are asked  
to sign in.  
1. Open Sprint Navigation  
.
2. If prompted, tap Accept to turn on Location  
Services.  
3. Review the terms of use and tap Accept or Decline.  
3. Tap any of the following:  
4. Enter your first name, last name, and email  
address (your email address is optional).  
My Favorites: Tap  
to add an address.  
Recent Places: View directions to places you  
visited recently.  
5. Tap Continue.  
Address: Search for directions to a specific street  
address, intersection, or city.  
Get Directions  
Business: Search for a business address.  
Airport: Get directions to an airport.  
1. Open Sprint Navigation  
.
Contact: Get directions to a contact’s address.  
224  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Search for a Service  
Get Your Location and Local Traffic  
Information  
1. Open Sprint Navigation  
.
1. Open Sprint Navigation  
.
2. Tap Map & Traffic.  
3. Use these icons to do the following:  
Icon  
Description  
View traffic information.  
See your current location.  
View the map in 3D.  
Return to the Sprint Navigation menu.  
2. Tap Search.  
3. Tap the Search Near field and tap where you want  
to base your search.  
4. Tap the Category field and tap the type of service  
you are looking for.  
5. Tap Search.  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
225  
     
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology  
From any screen: Open the connection menu, tap  
Bluetooth, and tap Turn on Bluetooth or Turn off  
Bluetooth.  
What is Bluetooth® Wireless Technology?  
Make a Pairing Request to Another Device  
With the Bluetooth® wireless technology on your phone,  
you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices,  
including a hands-free device such as a headset or car  
Before You Begin: The other device must be discoverable to  
appear on your phone’s Devices list.  
Check the documentation that came with  
the other device for information on  
making it discoverable.  
Before you can connect to another Bluetooth device,  
you need to pair with that device. You can either make  
the pairing request from your phone (see “Make a  
accept a pairing request from the other device (see  
You can make a pairing request to a Bluetooth audio  
device such as a headset, car kit, or A2DP device.  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
2. Make sure Bluetooth is on (see “Turn the Bluetooth  
Turn the Bluetooth Feature On/Off  
Do one of the following:  
Open Bluetooth  
, and tap On or Off.  
226  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
The screen displays a passkey generated by your  
phone: Enter the displayed passkey on the other  
device.  
The screen prompts you to enter a passkey: Check  
the documentation that came with the other  
device to see if there's a required passkey. If so,  
enter that passkey on your phone. If not, make up  
a passkey and enter it on both devices.  
Tip: You can also open the Bluetooth app by opening the  
connection menu, tapping Bluetooth, and tapping  
Bluetooth Preferences.  
Accept a Pairing Request From Another  
Device  
3. Tap Add device and tap the device name on the list  
of available Bluetooth devices.  
4. If a passkey is not required, pairing is complete  
when the Devices list appears. (If a passkey is  
required, tap Yes, allow.)  
Note: Your phone is discoverable only when the Bluetooth  
app is open, the app window is maximized, and  
Bluetooth is turned on. If you move away from the  
Bluetooth app, minimize the app to a card, or turn off  
the screen, your phone is no longer discoverable.  
5. Do one of the following:  
An automatically generated passkey appears on the  
passkey screen: Check the other device screen to  
verify that the passkey is correct, and tap Yes,  
connect to connect.  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
2. Make sure Bluetooth is on (see “Turn the Bluetooth  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
227  
       
3. Initiate a pairing from the other device.  
Connect With a Paired Device  
4. When the connection request appears, tap Yes,  
allow.  
After you pair with a device, you can connect to that  
device without having to go through the pairing  
process again.  
5. If a passkey is not required, pairing is complete  
when the Devices list appears. If a passkey screen  
appears, do one of the following:  
Note: To connect with a paired computer, you must initiate  
the connection from the computer. See the computer  
documentation for instructions.  
An automatically generated passkey appears on the  
passkey screen: Check the other device screen to  
verify that the passkey is correct, and tap Yes,  
connect to connect.  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
The screen displays a passkey generated by your  
phone: Enter the displayed passkey on the other  
device.  
The screen prompts you to enter a passkey: Check  
the documentation that came with the other  
device to see if there's a required passkey. If so,  
enter that passkey on your phone. If not, make up  
a passkey and enter it on both devices.  
228  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
2. Make sure Bluetooth is on (see “Turn the Bluetooth  
name.  
want to do is temporarily disconnect from a device, see  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
Disconnect From a Device  
2. Throw the name off the side of the screen and tap  
Delete.  
Disconnecting from a device does not mean you delete  
the relationship you created between the device and  
page 228 for instructions on how to reconnect with the  
device.  
Rename a Device  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
2. Tap and hold the device name.  
1. Open Bluetooth  
.
3. Enter a new name.  
2. Tap the connected device name to disconnect  
from it. (Or tap another device name to disconnect  
from the current device and connect to the new  
device.)  
Delete a Device  
Deleting a device means you end the relationship you  
created between your phone and the device. This  
means that you must pair with the device again if you  
want to connect (see “Make a Pairing Request to  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
230  
3C. Web and Wireless Connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 4  
Your Resources  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
For Users of Other Palm® Devices  
4A. Troubleshooting  
I Want to Transfer My Data From My  
Computer  
If you previously synchronized data from a Palm®  
smartphone—such as contacts or calendar events—with  
a desktop organizer such as Palm® Desktop by  
ACCESS or Microsoft Outlook®, you can do a one-time,  
one-way export of that data from the desktop organizer  
to your Palm® Pixi™ phone.  
Important: If your desktop Outlook synchronizes with an  
Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange  
ActiveSync, you cannot do a one-way export of that  
Outlook data to your phone. Instead, set up your  
Exchange account to synchronize with your phone  
Transferring Information From Your Computer (page 259) Windows: You can transfer contacts, calendar events,  
tasks, and memos/notes from Palm Desktop software  
by ACCESS version 6.2 and Microsoft Outlook 2003 or  
later. If you don't have Palm Desktop version 6.2,  
download it for free from palm.com/support.  
232  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Mac: You can transfer contacts, calendar events, and  
tasks from Address Book, iCal, Palm Desktop software  
by ACCESS version 6.2. If you don't have Palm Desktop  
version 6.2, download it for free from palm.com/support  
Battery  
WARNING: Use only batteries and chargers that are  
approved by Sprint and Palm with your phone.  
Failure to use a battery or charger approved by  
Sprint and Palm may increase the risk that your  
phone will overheat, catch fire, or explode,  
resulting in serious bodily injury, death, or  
property damage. Use of unapproved third-party  
power supply accessories may damage the  
device and void the Limited Warranty for the  
product.  
Note: You can export data from Palm Desktop, Outlook on  
your Windows computer, and Address Book and iCal  
on your Mac computer, even if you never synchronized  
with a Palm smartphone.  
For instructions on doing a one-time, one-way export of  
on page 77. For more detailed information, go to  
I Can’t Charge the Battery  
If you’re using a new battery or a new charger, make  
sure the battery and charger are approved by Palm  
and Sprint for use with your phone. Failure to use an  
approved battery or charger may prevent your phone  
from turning on or being charged.  
If you’re using an existing, approved battery, the  
battery may have reached the end of its useful life  
and may need to be replaced. See “I Need to  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
233  
           
3. To begin separating the back cover from the body  
of the phone: Use your thumbnail to release the  
clasp at the midpoint of the left side of the phone  
(see a in step 4).  
I Need to Replace the Battery  
Your Pixi phone comes with a replaceable battery. Be  
sure to use a battery that is approved by Palm and  
Sprint and that is compatible with your phone. Failure  
to use the proper battery may result in personal injury  
or product damage, and it voids your phone warranty.  
Note: Please dispose of the old battery properly.  
1. If the USB cable is attached to the phone,  
disconnect the USB cable.  
2. If a wired headset is attached to the phone,  
disconnect the headset.  
234  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4. Run your thumbnail around the hairline opening to  
release the upper-left and top clasps. (You may  
hear a sound when the clasp releases.)  
5. Run your thumbnail around the hairline opening to  
release the bottom-left and bottom clasps. (End  
at (b).)  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
235  
6. Swing the body of the phone out of the back cover  
as if the right side were a hinge.  
7. Remove the battery by sliding your finger under  
the groove at the side of the battery.  
236  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Insert the new battery.  
9. To replace the back cover: Insert the ringer switch  
into the hole provided for it on the right side of the  
back cover.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
237  
10. Press the back cover and the body of the phone  
together at each pair of clasps. (You can feel the  
clasps engage.)  
11. Press and hold power  
on the upper-left corner  
of your phone until you see the Palm logo on the  
screen (approximately five seconds). (Please be  
patient while your phone starts up.)  
Tip: If your phone does not turn on after you insert the battery  
and press and hold power, you need to charge the  
I Can’t Get My Screen to Turn On After  
Removing and Replacing the Battery  
Removing the battery turns off your phone completely,  
so you can’t just press power  
Instead, press and hold power  
to turn on the screen.  
until you see the  
Palm logo on the screen (approximately five seconds).  
Please be patient while your phone starts up.  
Tip: If your phone does not turn on after you press and hold  
power, you need to charge the battery (see “Charge the  
238  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Run your thumbnail around the hairline opening to  
release the upper-left and top clasps. (You may  
hear a sound when the clasp releases.)  
I Can’t Get the Back Cover Off  
1. If the USB cable is attached to the phone,  
disconnect the USB cable.  
2. If a wired headset is attached to the phone,  
disconnect the headset.  
3. To begin separating the back cover from the body  
of the phone: Use your thumbnail to release the  
clasp at the midpoint of the left side of the phone  
(see a in step 4).  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
239  
 
5. Run your thumbnail around the hairline opening to  
release the bottom-left and bottom clasps. (End at  
(b).)  
6. Swing the body of the phone out of the back cover  
as if the right side were a hinge.  
240  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Press the back cover and the body of the phone  
together at each pair of clasps. (You can feel the  
clasps engage.)  
I Can’t Get the Back Cover Back On  
1. Insert the ringer switch into the hole provided for it  
on the right side of the back cover.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
241  
3. Press and hold power  
on the upper-left corner  
3. Look closely at the screen. (If you can see a dim  
image, try adjusting the screen brightness (see  
of your phone until you see the Palm logo on the  
screen (approximately five seconds). (Please be  
patient while your phone starts up.)  
4. If the problem persists, connect your phone to the  
(If you see a dim image, try to restart your phone  
Tip: If your phone does not turn on after you insert the battery  
and press and hold power, you need to charge the  
5. If that doesn’t work, press and hold power  
and  
slide the ringer switch three times to restart your  
phone. (Please be patient while your phone starts  
up.)  
Screen and Performance  
The Screen Appears Blank  
An Application Is Not Responding to Taps  
To save power, the screen dims automatically after a  
period of inactivity, and then turns off.  
Try the following steps in sequence:  
If you just inserted or replaced the battery, you need to  
1. Open Device Info  
and restart your phone (see  
press and hold power  
until you see the Palm logo  
on the screen. Otherwise, follow these steps in  
sequence if you see a blank screen:  
2. If the screen does not respond to taps at all, press  
and hold power  
and slide the ringer switch  
1. To brighten the screen if it has dimmed, tap the  
screen.  
three times to restart your phone. (Please be  
patient while your phone starts up.)  
2. To turn on the screen, press power  
up to unlock the screen  
. Drag  
242  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Applications Are Running Slower Than  
Usual  
My Gestures in the Gesture Area Aren’t  
Working  
Some gestures begin in the gesture area and end in  
the touchscreen, and vice versa. Crossing the border  
between the two areas with your finger is crucial to  
making the gesture successfully. Likewise, the drag  
gesture for opening a menu begins at the top of the  
phone, above the screen, and crosses down onto the  
screen.  
Tip: Be sure that any third-party applications you install are  
compatible with the Palm® webOS™ platform.  
Applications written for Palm smartphones using the  
Palm OS operating system or Windows Mobile are not  
compatible with your Pixi phone. If you can try a free  
version of the software before purchasing it, you can test it  
first to make sure it works properly. In App Catalog, you  
can purchase the Classic application from MotionApps to  
run Palm OS applications on your Pixi phone.  
If you cannot make the back gesture, check to see if  
you have the next/previous app gestures turned on  
If so, you need to make a short swipe left for the back  
gesture, and a full swipe right or left for the next or  
previous open app.  
1. Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card  
view.  
2. Scroll through the cards and note how many  
applications you have running.  
Likewise, you can’t use the next/previous app  
gestures unless you turn them on (see “Turn  
3. Close any application you are not using by  
throwing its card off the top of the screen.  
If the problem persists, try restarting your phone (see  
You can see animations of many gestures: Open  
Help  
and tap Clips. Or go to palm.com/support to  
watch the animations on your desktop computer.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Outdoors, move away from large buildings, trees, or  
electrical wires.  
There Are Small Icons in the Lower-Right  
Corner of the Screen  
In a vehicle, move your phone so that it’s level with a  
window.  
Those icons represent notifications that you have not  
opened or dismissed. For most types of notifications, if  
you do not tap a notification after a few seconds, it  
becomes an icon in the lower-right portion of the  
screen. If you see one or more icons, tap anywhere on  
the bottom of the screen to display your notifications.  
My Phone Won’t Connect to the Mobile  
Network  
Try the suggestions in the preceding section for  
weak signals.  
Turn off your phone and turn it on again (see “Turn  
Phone  
Restart your phone (see “Restart Your phone” on  
Signal Strength Is Weak  
Become familiar with low coverage areas where you  
live, commute, work, and play. Then you know when to  
expect signal-strength issues.  
I See Five Bars in the Signal-Strength Icon,  
but I Still Can’t Connect to the Network  
If you’re standing, move about 3 meters in any  
direction.  
The signal-strength  
icon always displays five bars.  
Your signal strength is indicated by the number of bars  
that are shaded white. If most or all of the bars are gray,  
you are in an area of weak or no coverage.  
In a building, move near a window. Open any metal  
blinds.  
In a building, move outdoors or to a more open area.  
244  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Check the signal-strength  
weak, try to find an area with better coverage (see  
icon. If the signal is  
The Other Person Hears an Echo  
Try decreasing the volume on your phone—whether  
you are using the speakerphone or the earpiece—to  
avoid coupling or feedback on the other person’s  
end.  
I Hear Static or Interference  
Check the signal-strength  
try to find an area with better coverage (see “Signal  
icon. If the signal is weak,  
Position the earpiece closer to your ear to prevent  
sound leaking back into the microphone.  
If you’re using the speakerphone feature with your  
phone lying on a flat surface, try turning the phone  
face down (screen facing the surface).  
If you’re using a hands-free device enabled with  
Bluetooth® wireless technology, try the following:  
Move your phone closer to the hands-free device.  
Audio quality degrades as the distance between  
your phone and the hands-free device increases.  
The effective range for a hands-free device varies  
among manufacturers.  
I Hear My Own Voice Echo  
Ask the person on the other end of the call to turn  
down the volume on his or her phone or to hold the  
phone closer to his or her ear.  
Confirm that no obstructions, including your body,  
are between the phone and your hands-free device.  
For example, move your phone to the same side of  
your body as your hands-free device.  
My Voice Is Too Quiet on the Other End  
Be sure to position the microphone, which is on the  
lower-left side of the keyboard next to the Option  
key, close to your mouth. Make sure you are not  
covering the microphone with your cheek or chin.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
245  
             
My Phone Seems to Turn Off by Itself  
Hands-Free Devices  
Your phone has a power-saving feature that’s set to  
turn off the screen if it has been idle for one minute.  
You can change the auto-shut off interval (see “Set the  
I Can’t Make or Receive Calls Using a  
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Device  
Verify all of the following:  
If you restart your phone, any wireless services are  
automatically turned on if they were on before the  
restart. However, if the phone can’t determine if a  
wireless service was on before the restart, that service  
does not automatically turn on (see “Turn the Phone  
The Bluetooth feature is turned on (see “Turn the  
Your Bluetooth hands-free device is charged and  
turned on.  
You have already formed a partnership between your  
phone and your hands-free device, and the  
hands-free device appears in the Devices list (see  
If the problem persists and you’re using third-party  
page 261 for additional suggestions.  
Your phone is within range of the hands-free device.  
Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters in optimum  
environmental conditions, which include the absence  
of obstacles, radio interference from nearby  
electronic equipment, and other factors.  
You are away from other devices using the 2.4GHz  
radio frequency, such as cordless phones and  
246  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
microwaves. If this is impossible, move the phone  
closer to the hands-free device.  
Move to a quieter location to reduce environmental  
noise.  
The hands-free device is compatible with your  
phone. Go to palm.com/support to see a list of  
supported devices.  
Some Features of My Hands-Free Device  
Don’t Work With My Phone  
I Lost the Connection Between My Phone  
and My Bluetooth Headset  
Check the compatibility list at palm.com/support to  
ensure that your device is compatible with your Pixi  
phone.  
If your headset isn’t working, delete the existing  
create a new one (see “Set Up and Use a Bluetooth®  
Not all hands-free features work with every  
hands-free device. Check the documentation that  
came with your hands-free device or the  
manufacturer’s website for feature-compatibility  
information specific to your device.  
I Hear Static or Interference When Using  
My Hands-Free Device  
Synchronization  
Try moving your phone closer to the hands-free  
device. Audio quality degrades as the distance  
between your phone and the hands-free device  
increases. The effective range for a hands-free  
device varies among manufacturers.  
What Is Synchronization?  
Anytime you are in Email, Calendar, or Contacts, you  
can set up a relationship to wirelessly sync data with  
selected service providers—for example, Google or  
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync® (EAS—check to see if  
Confirm that no obstructions, including your body,  
are between the phone and your hands-free device.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
247  
                 
your company supports this). Sync means that if you  
enter, change, or delete information in one location, the  
change automatically shows up in the other location.  
So if you enter a Google contact in the Contacts  
application on your phone, the contact appears in your  
online Google contacts—no need to enter it twice.  
You can also set up the Messaging application to work  
with an online instant messaging (IM) account (see  
page 209), and the Photos application to work with an  
online pictures account such as Facebook or  
You must already have an account with a service  
provider before you can set it up on your phone.  
page 294 for the current list of online accounts that  
synchronize your info and those that do a one-way  
transfer of info either from the Web to your phone, or  
from your phone to the Web.  
How Do I Set Up Synchronization With an  
Online Account?  
The first time you open Email, Contacts, or Calendar,  
you are given the option to enter settings for one or  
more online accounts (see “Set Up Email” on  
page 137). For any account, you need to enter the  
settings in only one of these applications to  
synchronize data for all three.  
I Don’t Want to Sync Calendar or Contact  
Information With My Online Account—Just  
Email  
If you do not want to sync a Google application with an  
online account, you can remove that account from  
within the application. The online account continues to  
sync with any other related Google applications.  
You can add additional accounts at any time using the  
preferences in any of these applications (see “Set  
248  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
If you have data from a Palm smartphone in Outlook or  
Palm Desktop software, you can do a one-time,  
one-way export of the data from the desktop  
Important: You cannot remove individual Exchange account  
applications. If you remove your Exchange account  
from one application, sync stops with all your  
Exchange apps.  
application to your phone (see “How Do I Get Data Off  
My Computer?” on page 77). You can assign this data  
to sync with an online account. You can also assign it  
to the Palm profile account. Data in this account is  
backed up to your Palm profile daily, so you can  
retrieve it if you need to reset your phone. But it is not a  
true sync because you cannot change your Palm  
profile data anywhere except on your phone.  
1. Open the application.  
2. Open the application menu and tap Preferences &  
Accounts.  
3. Tap the account name.  
4. Tap Remove Account, and then tap Remove [app  
name] Account.  
If your desktop Outlook synchronizes with an Exchange  
server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync, you  
cannot do a one-way export of that Outlook data to  
your phone. However, you can synchronize the Outlook  
data wirelessly with your phone through your Exchange  
account.  
I Want to Sync With Outlook or Palm  
Desktop Software on My Computer  
By default, your Pixi phone does not support  
synchronization with Palm Desktop software or Outlook  
on your desktop computer. Your Pixi phone, however,  
gives you options for synchronization without a cable.  
You can sync with online services that Palm has  
partnered with so that you can store and sync your info  
in online accounts. You can access your data even  
when you are not able to make a connection to the  
Web, because your data is cached on your phone.  
Tip: A number of third-party applications (sold separately) are  
available that let you synchronize data on your Pixi phone  
with a desktop application. Visit palm.com/migrate-pixi to  
learn more.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
249  
       
I Have an Exchange ActiveSync Account  
at Work, but My Data Is Not Being  
Downloaded to My Phone  
A Notification Tells Me That ActiveSync  
Encountered a Problem on the Server  
There is a temporary problem with the server, or the  
server may be temporarily overloaded. Try again later,  
and if the problem persists, contact your system  
administrator.  
Check with your system administrator to obtain or verify  
the name of the mail server that offers you wireless  
access to the corporate mail system. If you cannot  
obtain the name of this server (some companies do  
not give it out because they do not want wireless  
access to their servers), you cannot synchronize with  
your Exchange ActiveSync account.  
A Notification Tells Me That There Is Not  
Enough Free Memory to Synchronize  
1. Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card  
If your company requires you to change your password  
for accessing your Exchange ActiveSync account, you  
must change the password on your phone (see  
view.  
2. Scroll through the cards and note how many  
applications you have running.  
3. Close any application you are not using by  
I Entered the Settings to Sync With  
Exchange ActiveSync, but I Can’t  
Synchronize With My Company’s  
Exchange Server  
throwing its card off the top of the screen.  
If the previous steps don’t fix the problem, see “Making  
suggestions.  
Check with your system administrator to find out if a  
systemwide locking policy is in place.  
250  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
the error persists, be aware that items causing this type  
of error are skipped and do not show up again.  
A Notification Tells Me That the Server  
Could Not Be Reached  
Make sure your phone is connected to the Sprint  
Sending and Receiving Data in  
Email, Messaging, and Web  
If you have a network connection and receive this  
notification, it means your phone had to wait too long to  
connect to the Exchange server. The connection may  
have been lost, the server may be temporarily  
overloaded, or the server may have encountered an  
internal error. Check your Exchange server name and  
proxy server settings (see “Set Up Email: Microsoft  
again later.  
I Can’t Tell If Data Services Are Available  
The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate  
whether data services are available. If you don’t see  
one of these icons, you cannot open a data  
connection:  
Key Term: 1xRTT (single-carrier [1x] radio transmission  
technology): A wireless technology that can  
provide fast data transfer and Internet access, with  
average speeds of 60-to-80Kbps and bursts of up  
to 144Kbps.  
A Notification Tells Me That ActiveSync  
Encountered a Problem With [item Type]  
[item Name]  
Key Term: EvDO (Evolution Data Optimized): A wireless  
broadband technology that is designed for very  
high-speed data transfer, with average download  
speeds of 400-to-600Kbps, and capable of  
reaching speeds up to 3.2Mbps and upload  
speeds up to 1.8Mbps.  
There was an error while synchronizing a single item.  
This error can usually be corrected only by deleting the  
item that caused the error. If you sync again to see if  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
251  
                 
account, verify that the account complies with your  
email provider’s requirements:  
Your phone is connected to a 1x data network.  
Data is not currently being transmitted over the  
network.  
Verify both your password and your username for  
your email account.  
Your phone is connected to a 1x data network  
and data is being transmitted over the network.  
If you changed your password in an online email  
account, you must change the password on your  
Your phone is connected to an EvDO data  
network. Data is not currently being transmitted  
over the network.  
Some wireless service providers have other  
requirements specific to their service. Check with  
Sprint to find out whether any provider-specific  
requirements exist.  
Your phone is connected to an EvDO data  
network and data is being transmitted over the  
network.  
Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to  
access email on a phone. (Some providers do not  
offer this option at all; other providers require an  
upgrade for you to access email on a phone.).  
Email  
I Have Problems Using My Account  
Email provider settings may change. If your email  
account was working but you are currently  
experiencing problems, check with your email  
provider to find out whether any of the account  
settings have changed.  
Occasionally you may experience problems using an  
email account after you set it up. If you followed the  
account setup procedure (see “Set Up Email” on  
page 187) and are experiencing problems using the  
252  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for  
page 190). Many ISPs, such as cable companies,  
require that you have an Internet connection to their  
network to send email through their servers. In this  
case, you can almost always receive email from  
these accounts, but if you want to send email, you  
must send it through another server. Check with your  
email service provider for the correct outgoing mail  
server name.  
I Have Problems Sending and Receiving  
Email  
Make sure your phone is on and that your data  
connection to your mail server or email service  
provider has not been interrupted (see “Turn the  
Short periods of time when email is unavailable are  
common, due to server problems or poor wireless  
coverage. If you have problems sending or receiving  
mail for an extended period of time, check with your  
ISP or email service provider to verify that the service  
is working properly, and check with Sprint for outage  
information in your area.  
After I Receive Messages, Older  
Messages Disappear From My Inbox  
When email sync takes place, the last three days’ worth  
of email messages is downloaded from your mail  
server to your Inbox. All messages older than three  
days are removed from your Inbox; they are not deleted  
on the server, however.  
I Have Problems Sending Email (IMAP and  
POP Accounts)  
If you are able to receive email messages but cannot  
send them, try the following:  
You can change the setting to download only one or  
two days’ worth of messages. If you select one of these  
options, any messages older than one or two days are  
deleted from your Inbox. You can also change the  
setting to download all messages regardless of the  
Turn on authentication (see “Set Up Email: Other  
Providers” on page 190). Many service providers  
require authenticated access, or ESMTP, to use their  
SMTP servers for outgoing mail.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
253  
           
date, in which case all messages continue to appear in  
If you are in roaming coverage, check to see if  
you have data roaming enabled. Open  
Phone  
, open the application menu, and tap  
Preferences. Under Network, tap Data Roaming  
and tap Enabled.  
Messaging  
If possible, contact the recipient of the message, and  
make sure the receiving device can handle the type  
of message you’re sending.  
I Can’t Send or Receive Text or Multimedia  
Messages  
If a message arrives but does not display a  
notification, restart your phone (see “Restart Your  
Make sure that your phone is on (see “Turn the  
I Want to Send a Video in a Multimedia  
Message, but Do Not See It on the List of  
Items I Can Attach  
For multimedia messages, do the following:.  
Contact Sprint to verify that messaging services  
have been correctly activated on your phone, and  
that they are available at your location. (Sprint  
should be able to tell you if messaging services  
have been experiencing transmission delays.).  
You can attach only pictures in JPG format to outgoing  
multimedia messages. To send files of other types,  
attach them to an email message (see “Add  
Check to see if you have data services enabled.  
Open Phone  
, open the application menu,  
and tap Preferences. Under Network, make sure  
Data Usage is set to On.  
254  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
I Can’t Access a Page  
Web  
1. Make sure you have Internet access:  
My Phone Won’t Connect to the Internet  
Open Web  
you’ve loaded before.  
and try to view a Web page  
Your phone supports EvDO and 1xRTT wireless data  
networks.  
To ensure that you’re viewing the page directly  
from the Internet, tap  
.
Check to see if you have data services enabled.  
After confirming your Internet connection, try to  
view the page again. If it comes up blank,  
Open Phone  
, open the application menu, and  
tap Preferences. Under Network, make sure Data  
Usage is set to On.  
tap  
.
If you’re still having trouble, the page may contain  
elements that are not supported by the browser,  
such as Flash, Shockwave, VBScript, WML script,  
and other plug-ins.  
If you are in roaming coverage, check to see if you  
have data roaming enabled. Open Phone  
the application menu, and tap Preferences. Under  
Network, tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled.  
, open  
2. Some websites redirect simple Web addresses  
given to the public to actual Web addresses that  
are more complex (for example, if you enter the  
address www.palm.com/support, it may actually go  
to the Web address http://www.palm.com/us/support.  
(If your phone’s browser can’t follow the redirect,  
enter the Web address in a desktop browser and  
read the actual Web address in the address bar.  
Then enter the actual address in your phone’s  
browser.)  
Turn off your phone and turn it on again (see “Turn  
Restart your phone (see “Restart Your phone” on  
Contact Sprint to verify that your subscription plan  
has been correctly activated. Sprint should also be  
able to tell you if there are any outages in your  
location.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
255  
         
An Image or Map Is Too Small on My  
Screen  
Calendar and Contacts  
I Haven’t Entered Any Contacts or  
Calendar Events on my Phone, but When I  
Open Those Apps, I See Entries  
Do either of the following:  
To switch to landscape mode to see more of the  
image, turn the phone on its side.  
To zoom in on the image, pinch out or double-tap  
the screen.  
The entries you see displayed in Calendar or Contacts  
have been downloaded to your phone from one of your  
online accounts such as Google or Microsoft  
A Secure Site Refuses to Permit a  
Transaction  
Exchange ActiveSync. Anytime you are in Email,  
Calendar, or Contacts, you can set up a relationship to  
wirelessly sync data with one of these accounts. And  
after you enter the account settings in just one of these  
apps, any information you have online is automatically  
downloaded to all three—so if you set up a Gmail  
account in Email but also have a Google calendar, your  
phone’s calendar automatically displays events entered  
in your Google calendar.  
Some websites don’t support certain browsers for  
transactions. Contact the site’s webmaster to make  
sure the site allows transactions using your phone’s  
Web browser.  
You can remove an online account from an application  
so that that app no longer syncs with that account (see  
256  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
In Email, you can turn off the smart folder for All  
Then make the inboxes of your individual accounts  
favorites so that they're always easy to see in Account  
My Personal and Work Contact and  
Calendar Information Is Getting Merged  
Into a Single View—I’d Rather Keep Them  
Separate  
The Palm® Synergy™ feature on your phone displays  
information from several sources in a single view, so  
you can access your info quickly, without having to  
remember where you stored it. But though the  
information is visible in one view, the sources of that  
information are kept separate.  
I Started Entering a Contact’s Name in  
Universal Search, but I’m Not Seeing the  
Person in the Results  
You need to enter at least two letters in universal  
search before contact matches are returned.  
If the contact is a linked contact, universal search  
searches on the primary profile only. Scroll through  
the contact match results to make sure that universal  
search did not return a different match for your  
contact from the one you were expecting.  
In Calendar, to see events from just one calendar, tap  
the word All in the upper-right corner of the screen and  
pick the account you want to see. See “Change the  
For example, suppose you’re searching for your  
friend Ed Smith’s contact info. You have three  
contact entries for Ed that are linked, and the  
primary entry happens to be the one listed by Ed’s  
screen name, ScubaEd. Typing es is not going to  
find Ed’s contact; you have to type scu. To correct  
In Contacts, the list view shows all contacts from all  
accounts. You can, however, see what data comes  
from which account by opening the contact and  
tapping Edit. If you want to unlink contacts, see “Unlink  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
257  
   
this, make the contact listing Ed’s real name the  
primary contact (see “Link a Contact” on  
subject in front of a window or light. If the light is  
behind the subject, try moving closer to the subject  
and enabling the flash.  
Make sure the subject is at least 0.5 meter away from  
the camera to ensure good focus.  
Camera  
Amazon MP3  
Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the  
camera:  
Clean the camera’s lens with a soft, lint-free cloth.  
I Bought a Song From Amazon MP3, but It  
Isn’t Showing Up on My Phone  
Take pictures in bright lighting conditions. Low-light  
images may be grainy, due to the sensitivity of the  
camera.  
Occasionally, the download process may be  
interrupted, so a song you purchased may not be  
successfully downloaded to your phone. To confirm the  
purchase and download of a song, log in to your  
Amazon account from your computer. If the song  
shows up there as purchased and downloaded,  
contact Amazon support and let them know you never  
received your song.  
Hold the phone as still as possible. Try supporting  
your picture-taking arm up against your body or a  
stationary object (such as a wall).  
Keep the subject of the pictures still. Exposure time is  
longer with lower light levels, so you may see a blur.  
For best results, verify that you have the brightest light  
source coming from behind you, lighting the  
subject’s face. Avoid taking indoor pictures with the  
258  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
For a list of supported photo types, see “Photos” on  
page 102. For a list of supported music file types, see  
“Music” on page 113. For a list of supported video file  
Transferring Information From Your  
Computer  
I Bought a Song Through Amazon MP3  
and Want to Transfer It to My Computer  
When I Open the Palm Pixi Drive Folder on  
My Computer, I see Subfolders. Do I Need  
to Move My Files Into These Folders?  
You can copy music files on your phone to your  
computer for use with a desktop music player. For  
The default folders are there to help you organize files  
you copy to and from your computer. But you can copy  
files from your computer into any folder you want—you  
can create your own folders, or just drag your files to  
the top level of the drive. As long as the file is in a  
supported format, your phone can detect and open it.  
I Copied Files From My Computer, but I  
Can’t See or Play Them on My Phone  
Note: If you move a music file into the ringtones folder, the  
When you connect your phone to your computer in  
USB Drive mode, you can copy any file onto your  
phone. However, each media application on your  
phone—Photos, Music, and Videos—can display or play  
files in certain file formats only. If your media file is in an  
unsupported format, you can’t use it on your phone.  
Music application cannot find it.  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
259  
             
How Do I Get My Data Back After a Full or  
Partial Erase?  
Backing Up and Restoring Data  
I Need to Reset My Phone but Don’t  
Understand the Difference Between a  
Partial Erase and a Full Erase  
After a full or a partial erase, on your phone, enter your  
existing Palm profile email address, and password—  
don’t create a new one! When you do this, all data that  
has been backed up to your profile—contacts, calendar  
events, and tasks, as well as apps you bought through  
App Catalog—is restored to your phone. Information  
about your online accounts is also restored to your  
phone, so those online accounts are set up again  
automatically on your phone and synchronization  
begins again as well.  
Both a partial erase and a full erase delete all personal  
information, such as events, contacts, and tasks, as well  
as applications you have added, such as third-party  
software, on your phone. In addition, a full erase  
deletes all files stored in the USB Drive of your phone,  
which includes all pictures, videos, music files,  
documents, PDF files, and ringtones.  
A full erase deletes everything deleted by a partial  
erase, plus everything you stored in your phone's USB  
Drive (photos, videos, music, documents, PDF files,  
ringtones, and so on). You need to have copies of  
those files available elsewhere if you want to restore  
them to your phone. For example, you can save copies  
on your computer and then transfer them back to your  
260  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
can use webOS DoctorTM to restore your phone and  
install the system update from your computer using the  
USB cable. On your computer, go to palm.com/support  
to download webOS Doctor.  
Updates  
I Dismissed a System Update Notification,  
and Now I Don’t Know How to Get the  
Update on My Phone  
Third-Party Applications  
If you have a phone network connection and the  
battery has at least a 30% charge, you can start the  
Some third-party applications may cause conflicts with  
your phone. Third-party applications that modify the  
wireless features of your phone may require extra  
troubleshooting. Use caution when installing the  
following:  
update yourself: Open Updates  
. Your phone  
checks for the availability of the update, and if one is  
available, tap Download Now. The download happens  
in the background, so you can continue to use your  
phone until the actual installation takes over.  
Ringtone managers.  
Caller ID applications.  
Instant messaging.  
After the update has finished being downloaded, tap  
Install Now to install the update on your phone.  
Applications that modify when your phone or data  
connections turn on or off and how your phone  
behaves.  
My Phone Froze While I Was Downloading  
or Installing a System Update  
During a wireless software update, there’s a small  
chance that your phone may freeze and stop  
responding to taps or key presses. If this happens, you  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
261  
               
If you recently installed an application and your phone  
seems to be stuck, try the following in sequence until  
the problem is resolved:  
8. If the problem recurs, delete the last application  
you installed and report the problem to its  
developer.  
1. Restart your phone (see “Restart Your phone” on  
Getting More Help  
2. Make sure your third-party applications are up to  
page 67).  
Contact the author or vendor of any third-party software  
if you require further assistance. Neither Palm nor  
Sprint provides technical support for applications that  
are not built into your phone.  
3. See if a system update is available (see “Manually  
4. Delete the most recently installed application, or  
the application you think could be causing the  
problem, from your phone (see “Delete an  
Application” on page 52). (Perform a backup (see  
Making Room on Your Phone  
If you store a large number of files, or install many  
third-party applications, the internal memory on your  
phone may fill up. Here are some ways to clear space  
on your phone:  
5. Perform a partial erase (see “Erase Data and Reset  
Photos, Videos, Music, Amazon MP3, Doc View, PDF  
View: Large media files take up a lot of memory.  
page 73), or delete them from your phone.  
6. Enter your Palm profile email address and  
password to restore your backed-up information.  
7. If the problem is resolved, begin reinstalling your  
third-party applications one at a time.  
262  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Email: Email attachments can be large and consume  
lots of memory. Copy attachments to your computer  
Computer” on page 73), or delete large files from  
You can also empty the deleted items folder.  
Web: Delete stored Web browsing information by  
clearing your history, cookies, and cache  
Third-party applications: You can delete infrequently  
page 52).  
4A. Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
263  
     
application update: An update from the developer of  
an application you bought through App Catalog on  
your phone. When an application update is available, a  
notification appears on your phone. You can also  
check for application updates manually. Additional fees  
4B. Glossary  
airplane mode: A mode in which all the wireless  
services on your phone are turned off. Wireless  
services include the phone used for making and  
receiving calls, and Bluetooth® wireless technology.  
back: The gesture you use to move up one level from  
a detailed view to a more general view of the  
application you’re working in. For example, when you  
finish reading an email message, make the back  
gesture to close the message and return to your list of  
messages. Or when you finish writing a memo, make  
the back gesture to close and save the memo and  
return to the display of all your memos. See “Go Up  
Making the back gesture is also the way you save your  
work in many apps. If you don't see a Done button,  
make the back gesture to save your work.  
application menu: A menu that contains application  
commands such as cut, copy, and paste (where  
available); preferences; and application help. To open  
the application menu, tap the application name in the  
upper-left corner of the screen. See also “connection  
application search: The feature that lets you search  
for entries within an application by typing a search term  
when the list view is displayed—for example, a contact  
name or phone number, the subject text of an email  
message, or a few words from a memo. See also  
card: A minimized view of an open application. You  
can easily move among and reorder cards in Card  
view. Tap a card to restore the full-screen view of the  
application and continue working in it. See also “Card  
264  
4B. Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Card view: The view on your phone that displays  
applications as minimized cards, allowing you to easily  
move among and reorder them. Don’t confuse Card  
apps you have on your phone, not just the open ones.  
To display Card view from any open application  
window, flick up from the gesture area to the screen, or  
tap the center of the gesture area. Card view displays  
your wallpaper.  
calendar events from a desktop organizer to your  
drag: A slow movement of the finger up or down on  
the touchscreen.  
flick: A very fast skimming of the finger horizontally or  
vertically on the touchscreen.  
gesture area: The strip beneath the touchscreen that  
you use to perform the back gesture, among others.  
Some gestures you begin in the gesture area and  
complete on the touchscreen, for example, the slow  
drag that displays “Quick Launch” on page 267 when  
you have an application filling the screen.  
connection menu: A menu that lets you turn on or off  
connection features including Bluetooth® wireless  
technology, and all wireless services (airplane mode).  
To open the connection menu, tap the upper-right  
corner of the screen. See also “application menu” on  
Launcher: A group of screens displaying all your  
applications. To open the Launcher, tap  
Launch” on page 267, or flick up twice from the gesture  
area to the screen. If you are in Card view, flick up once  
from the gesture area to the screen to open the  
Launcher. In the Launcher, swipe up, down, left, and  
right to see all your apps. Tap an app icon to open it.  
dashboard: A list of all your notifications. When one or  
more notification icons appear at the bottom of the  
screen, tap the icons to open the dashboard. Tap a  
dashboard item to act on it. See also “notification” on  
linked contact: A contact containing information from  
more than one source. For example, if you have you  
have a work contact in Exchange ActiveSync and a  
personal contact for the same person in Google, the  
Data Transfer Assistant: A tool that allows you to do a  
one-way transfer of information such as contacts and  
4B. Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
265  
                           
Contacts application automatically recognizes the  
connection and links the two contacts so that you can  
see all the information in one place—but the  
information is kept separate in the different accounts  
where it originated. You can also manually link and  
unlink contacts.  
and more. In most cases, you can tap a notification to  
online account: An account that you have with an  
online service such as Google or Microsoft Exchange  
ActiveSync. You can synchronize contacts, calendar  
events, and email between your phone and many of  
your online accounts.  
merged view: A feature on your phone that displays  
data from several sources in a single view, but keeps  
the sources of your data separate.  
Option  
key: The key you use to enter characters  
that appear above the letters on the keyboard keys.  
Press once to enter a single character. Press twice to  
lock the alternate character feature, so you can enter a  
series of characters. Also, press and hold Option  
and then drag your finger onscreen to move the cursor  
in text.  
Let’s say you use Google calendar for your personal  
events and your company’s Outlook calendar for  
business events. Your phone’s Calendar application  
displays events from both calendars in a single view,  
called All.  
Likewise, if you set up multiple email accounts, the  
Email application displays the messages from all your  
account inboxes in a single view, called All inboxes.  
And in Messaging, all your messages with a person  
show up in a single conversation view, whether they  
are text, multimedia, or instant messages. See also  
Palm profile: A Palm profile gives you access to  
services like automatic updates, backup of your data,  
and more. You create a Palm profile by entering a  
working email address during initial setup of your  
Palm® Pixi™ phone. See “Set Up Your Phone” on  
page 16. Your Palm profile also identifies the location  
on the Web where the data you store in your Palm  
Profile account is backed up. (You cannot see or  
change this data on the Web, however.) See also “Palm  
notification: A message that appears at the bottom of  
the screen alerting you of an incoming or missed call;  
voicemail, email, or text messages; an upcoming event;  
266  
4B. Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Palm profile account: An account you can use to  
assign contacts and calendar events you create on  
your phone. Palm profile items are included in the daily  
backup of information to your Palm profile but do not  
synchronize with any of your online accounts. See also  
smart folder: One of two folders—All Inboxes and All  
Flagged—that can be set to appear at the top of the  
Account List view in the Email application See “Set  
swipe: A light, fast horizontal movement with the finger  
from right to left or left to right on the touchscreen or  
the gesture area.  
pinch: A gesture used to go in for a magnified view  
(zoom in) or move out to see a larger area (zoom out).  
To zoom in, you pinch out: Place the thumb and index  
fingertips close together on the touchscreen; then  
slowly spread them apart. To zoom out, you pinch in:  
Place the thumb and index fingertips apart on the  
touchscreen, and slowly bring them together.  
Sym  
key: The key you use to enter symbols and  
accented characters. Press Sym to open the full table  
of symbols. Press Sym + a letter key to narrow the table  
to symbols associated with that letter—for example,  
press  
+ e to enter é.  
SynergyTM feature: The feature from Palm that lets you  
take advantage of merged views and linked contacts  
on your phone. See “Your Palm® Pixi™ Phone” on  
Quick Launch: A bar of up to five icons that give you  
quick access to applications. Quick Launch always  
appears at the bottom of Card view and the Launcher.  
By default, Quick Launch displays icons for the  
following apps: Phone, Email, Contacts, and Calendar.  
The fifth icon is the Launcher. Tap a Quick Launch icon  
to open the app.  
system update: Updates provided by Palm to the  
Palm® webOS™ platform and core applications such as  
Contacts and Calendar. When a system update is  
available, a notification appears on your phone. You  
can also check for system updates manually. See  
You can also open Quick Launch from any maximized  
application window by dragging up from the gesture  
area to the screen. Move your finger to the app you  
want, and then lift your finger. The application opens.  
4B. Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
267  
                   
tap: A light quick touch on the touchscreen. Use the  
fleshy part of your fingertip to tap. Don’t tap with a  
fingernail, and don’t use a pen or pencil—the screen  
does not respond to touches like that. Also, don't bear  
down. Make the tap firmly, but lightly.  
universal search: The feature that lets you make calls,  
search for applications and contacts on your phone,  
and search the Web simply by typing the number or  
search term in either Card view or the Launcher. See  
webOSTM platform: The operating system of your  
Palm® Pixi™ phone. Key features of the webOS platform  
include gestures, cards, merged views, and linked  
contacts.  
268  
4B. Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Section 5  
Your Safety and  
Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
FCC Statements  
5A. Regulatory and Safety  
Information  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply  
with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to  
part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to  
provide reasonable protection against harmful  
interference in a residential installation. This equipment  
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency  
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance  
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to  
radio communications. However, there is no guarantee  
that interference will not occur in a particular  
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful  
interference to radio or television reception, which can  
be determined by turning the equipment off and on,  
the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference  
by one or more of the following measures:  
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and  
receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit  
different from that to which the receiver is connected.  
270  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV  
technician for help.  
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by  
the party responsible for compliance could void the  
user's authority to operate the equipment.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.  
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)  
this device must accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
Antenna Care/Unauthorized  
Modifications  
This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission  
Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as:  
Use only the supplied integral antenna. Unauthorized  
antenna modifications or attachments could damage  
the unit and may violate FCC regulations.  
FCC ID: O8F-PIXE.  
The FCC ID on your Palm phone is located on a label  
inside the battery compartment. The battery must be  
removed as shown below to view the label.  
Industry Canada  
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)  
This device may not cause harmful interference, and  
(2) this device must accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
The term “IC” before the equipment certification  
number only signifies that the Industry Canada  
technical specifications were met.  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
271  
           
IC: 39Ø5A-PIXE  
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): Your mobile device is a  
radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to  
exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves  
recommended by international guidelines. These  
guidelines were developed by the independent  
scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety  
margins designed to assure the protection of all  
persons, regardless of age and health.  
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian  
ICES-003.  
L'utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux  
conditions suivantes: (1) il ne doit pas produire de  
brouillage et (2) l'utilisateur du dispositif doit étre prêt à  
accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu, même si  
ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le  
fonctionnement du dispositif.  
In order to certify this unit for sale to the public, this unit  
has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a  
qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the  
regulations regarding exposure to RF Energy under the  
recommendations of the International Commission on  
Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). The tests  
are preformed in positions and locations as required by  
the FCC and IC for each model.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe [*] est conforme à  
la norme NMB-003 du Canada.  
Radio Frequency (RF) Safety  
Exposure  
As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest  
transmitting power, the actual SAR of this device while  
operating is typically below that indicated below. This is  
due to automatic changes to the power level of the  
device to ensure it only uses the minimum power  
required to communicate with the network.  
General statement on Radio Frequency (RF) energy: Your  
phone contains a transmitter and a receiver. When it is  
ON, it receives and transmits RF energy. When you  
communicate with your phone, the system handling  
your call controls the power level at which your phone  
transmits.  
The SAR limit for mobile devices set by FCC/IC is 1.6  
W/kg averaged over 1 gram of tissue for the body or  
272  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
head (4.0 W/kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for  
the extremities—hands, wrists, ankles, and feet).  
The highest reported SAR values of the Palm® Pixi™  
phone are:  
safety exposure limits. See fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety for more  
information on RF exposure safety.  
To view the most recent SAR values of the Palm® Pixi™  
phone, visit palm.com/sarsprint-pixi.  
Body worn operation: Important safety information  
regarding radio frequency (RF) radiation exposure: To  
ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines the  
phone must be used with a minimum of 1.5 cm (0.6 in.)  
separation from the body. Failure to observe these  
instructions could result in your RF exposure exceeding  
the relevant guideline limits.  
Maximum scaled SAR values (W/kg) FCC  
Head  
Body  
1.56  
0.634  
In order to comply with FCC and IC RF exposure safety  
guidelines, users MUST use one of the following types  
of body-worn accessories:  
1. A Palm® brand body-worn accessory that has  
been tested for (specific absorption rate) SAR  
compliance and is intended for use with this  
product.  
Limiting exposure to radio frequency (RF) fields: For  
individuals concerned about limiting their exposure to  
RF fields, the World Health Organization (WHO)  
provides the following advice:  
Precautionary measures: Present scientific information  
does not indicate the need for any special precautions  
for the use of mobile phones. If individuals are  
concerned, they might choose to limit their own or their  
children’s RF exposure by limiting the length of calls, or  
using “hands-free” devices to keep mobile phones  
away from the head and body.  
2. An accessory that contains NO metal (snaps, clips,  
etc.) and provides AT LEAST 1.5 cm (0.6 in.) of  
separation between the user’s body and the unit.  
Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in  
direct contact with the body (i.e., on the lap or in a  
breast pocket). Such use will likely exceed the FCC RF  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
273  
Further information on this subject can be obtained  
from the WHO home page  
hearing devices. Not all phones have been rated.  
Phones that have been rated have a label on the box.  
Fact sheet 193: June 2000.  
These ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary,  
depending on the level of immunity of your hearing  
device and the degree of your hearing loss. If your  
hearing device happens to be vulnerable to  
interference, you may not be able to use a rated phone  
successfully. Trying out the phone with your hearing  
device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal  
needs.  
Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC)  
Using Your Phone With a Hearing Device  
Your device has been tested for hearing aid  
compatibility. Your Palm® Pixi™ phone has an  
M4/T4 rating. For additional HAC information, including  
the HAC rating of this product, please refer to  
M-Ratings: Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC  
requirements and are likely to generate less  
interference with hearing devices than phones that are  
not labeled. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings.  
When some wireless phones are used near some  
hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants),  
users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining  
noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than  
others to this interference noise, and phones also vary  
in the amount of interference they generate. The  
wireless telephone industry has developed ratings for  
some of their mobile s, to assist hearing-device users  
in finding phones that may be compatible with their  
T-Ratings: Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC  
requirements and are likely to be more usable with a  
hearing device's telecoil (“T switch” or “Telephone  
Switch”) than unrated phones. T4 is the better/higher of  
the two ratings.  
The more immune your hearing aid device is, the less  
likely you are to experience interference noise from  
your wireless phone. Hearing aid devices should have  
ratings similar to those of phones. Ask your hearing  
health care professional for the rating of your hearing  
274  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
aid. Add the rating of your hearing aid and your phone  
to determine probable usability:  
Getting the Best Hearing Device Experience With Your  
Device  
Any combined rating equal to or greater than six  
To further minimize interference:  
offers the best use.  
Set the phone's screen and keyboard backlight  
settings to ensure the minimum time interval.  
Any combined rating equal to five is considered  
normal use.  
Move the phone around to find the point with the  
least interference.  
Any combined rating equal to four is considered  
usable.  
For more information, please go to the FCC’s  
Consumer Alert on accessibility of digital wireless  
Thus, if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone,  
you will have a combined rating of six for “best use.”  
This is synonymous for T ratings.  
Palm further suggest that you experiment with multiple  
phones (even those not labeled M3/T3 or M4/T4) while  
in the store to find the one that works best with your  
hearing aid device. If you experience interference or  
find the quality of service unsatisfactory after  
purchasing your device, promptly return it to the store  
within 30 days of purchase. With the Palm 30-day  
Risk-Free Guarantee, you may return the device within  
30 days of purchase for a full refund, and you will only  
be responsible for charges based on your actual  
usage.  
Battery Handling  
Do not disassemble or open; crush, bend, or deform;  
puncture or shred the battery.  
Do not modify or remanufacture; attempt to insert  
foreign objects into the battery; immerse or expose to  
water or other liquids; expose to fire, explosion, or  
other hazard.  
Only use the battery for the system for which it is  
specified.  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
275  
       
Only use the battery with a charging system that has  
been qualified with the system per the  
IEEE/CTIA-1725 standard. Use of an unqualified  
battery or charger may present a risk of fire,  
explosion, leakage, or other hazard.  
Based on DOT rules, spare batteries must not be  
transported in checked luggage on commercial flights.  
Spare batteries can only be transported in carry-on  
luggage. For more information:  
Do not short-circuit a battery or allow metallic  
conductive objects to contact battery terminals.  
Protecting Your Battery  
Replace the battery only with another battery that has  
been qualified with the system per IEEE/CTIA-1725.  
Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of  
fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard.  
The guidelines listed below help you get the most out  
of your battery’s performance.  
Recently there have been some public reports of  
wireless phone batteries overheating, catching fire, or  
exploding. It appears that many, if not all, of these  
reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive,  
aftermarket-brand batteries with unknown or  
questionable manufacturing standards. Use only  
manufacturer-approved batteries and accessories  
found at Carrier Stores or through your device’s  
manufacturer. Buying the right batteries and  
accessories is the best way to ensure they are genuine  
and safe.  
Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance  
with local regulations.  
Battery usage by children should be supervised.  
Avoid dropping the phone or battery. If the phone or  
battery is dropped, especially on a hard surface, and  
the user suspects damage, take it to a service center  
for inspection.  
Do not handle a damaged or leaking Lithium-Ion  
(LI-ion) battery as you can be burned.  
Improper battery use may result in a fire, explosion,  
or other hazard.  
276  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
In order to avoid damage, charge the battery only in  
temperatures that range from 32° F to 113° F (0° C to  
45° C).  
Power Specifications  
Use only Palm-approved power accessories such as  
AC-power adapters and batteries. Unauthorized and  
non-approved batteries will NOT operate with the Pixi  
phone.  
Don’t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in  
high humidity areas, such as the bathroom.  
Never dispose of the battery by incineration.  
Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean.  
Don’t attempt to disassemble or short-circuit the  
battery.  
The battery may need recharging if it has not been  
used for a long period of time.  
It’s best to replace the battery when it no longer  
provides acceptable performance. It can be  
recharged hundreds of times before it needs  
replacing.  
AC Power Adapter source: Palm  
Part Number: 157-10130-00  
Input Rating: 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.2A  
Output Rating: 5Vdc, 1000mA  
AC Power Adapter source: Palm  
Part Number: 157-10124-00  
Don't store the battery in high temperature areas for  
long periods of time. It's best to follow these storage  
rules:.  
Less than one month: -4° F to 140° F  
(-20° C to 60° C)  
Input Rating: 100-240 Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.2A  
Output Rating: 5Vdc, 1000mA  
More than one month: -4° F to 113° F  
(-20° C to 45° C)  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
277  
       
Battery Source: Palm  
products. Responsible recycling ensures materials are  
properly collected and disposed.  
Type: Rechargeable Li-ion Polymer  
Model: 157-10119-00  
Palm is committed to supporting the collection and  
recycling of its products. Palm is committed to  
participate and support the European Union WEEE  
Directive (2002/96/EC) and the protection of the  
environment for future generations. For more  
information on the WEEE Directive implementation in  
the various EU member states please see  
Rating: 3.7Vdc, 1150mAh (minimum)  
Recycling and Disposal  
This symbol indicates that Palm products  
should be recycled and not be disposed of in  
unsorted municipal waste. Please return Palm  
products to the electrical and electronic  
It is everyone's responsibility to ensure that electrical  
and electronic products are properly reused, recycled,  
or recovered.  
equipment collection points in your  
As part of Palm's corporate commitment to be a good  
steward of the environment, we strive to use  
environmentally friendly materials, reduce waste, and  
collaborate with our channel partners to raise  
awareness and help keep Palm handheld devices, s,  
and mobile companions out of landfills through  
evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling. Visit  
palm.com/recycle for additional details and information  
about how you can help reduce electronic waste.  
municipality or county or to a facility that properly  
recycles electrical and electronic equipment. These  
collection points are available free of charge. For  
detailed information please contact your municipality  
or county. For information on Palm’s environmental  
programs, visit palm.com/environment.  
Hazardous substances that may be included in  
electronic products can potentially affect human health  
and the environment. Recycling benefits the  
environment by diverting waste from landfills and by  
recovering materials that may be recycled into other  
278  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
with the pacemaker. These recommendations are  
consistent with the independent research by the  
recommendations of Wireless Technology Research.  
User Safety  
Operational Warnings  
Persons with pacemakers should:  
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT  
OPERATION. Read this information before using your  
phone. For the safe and efficient operation of your  
phone, observe these guidelines:  
ALWAYS keep the phone more than six inches  
(15 centimeters) from their pacemaker when the  
phone is turned ON.  
Not carry the phone in a breast pocket.  
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres: Turn off your phone  
when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive  
atmosphere, such as fueling areas (gas or petrol  
stations, below deck on boats), storage facilities for fuel  
or chemicals, blasting areas and areas near electrical  
blasting caps, and areas where there are chemicals or  
particles (such as metal powders, grains, and dust) in  
the air.  
Use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the  
potential for interference.  
Turn the phone OFF immediately if you have any  
reason to suspect that interference is taking place.  
Other Medical Devices, Hospitals: If you use any other  
personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of  
your device to determine if it is adequately shielded  
from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to  
assist you in obtaining this information. Turn your  
phone OFF in health care facilities when any  
regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so.  
Hospitals or health care facilities may be using  
equipment that could be sensitive to external RF  
energy.  
Interference to Medical and Personal Electronic Devices:  
Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from  
RF signals and certain electronic equipment may not  
be shielded against the RF signals from your phone.  
Pacemakers: The Health Industry Manufacturers  
Association recommends that a minimum separation  
of 15 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained between a  
phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
279  
             
Repetitive Motion Injuries: When using the keyboard or  
playing games on your phone, you may experience  
discomfort in your neck, shoulders, hands, arms, or  
other parts of the body. To avoid any injury, such as  
tendonitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, or other  
musculoskeletal disorder, make sure to take necessary  
breaks from use, take longer rests (such as several  
hours) if discomfort or tiring begins, and see a doctor if  
discomfort persists. To minimize the risk of Repetitive  
Motion Injuries, when texting or playing games with  
your phone:  
other involuntary movements, stop use immediately  
and consult a doctor. Individuals with personal or  
family history of such events should consult a doctor  
before using the device. To limit the possibility of such  
symptoms, wherever possible every hour take a  
minimum break of 15 minutes, use in a well lighted  
area, view the screen from the farthest distance, and  
avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired.  
Operating Machinery: Do not use your phone while  
operating machinery. Full attention must be given to  
operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of  
an accident.  
Do not grip the phone too tightly.  
Press the buttons lightly.  
Aircraft: While in aircraft, follow all instructions  
regarding the operation of your phone. Use of your  
phone while on board an aircraft must be done in  
accordance and in compliance with airline instructions  
and regulations.  
Make use of the special features in the handset  
which minimize the number of buttons which have to  
be pressed, such as message templates and  
predictive text.  
Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax.  
Vehicles with Air Bags: Your phone should not be  
placed in a position that would affect the operation of  
air bag deployment or in a position that, should the air  
bag inflate, could propel the phone. Air bags will inflate  
with great force and care should be taken to protect  
within a vehicle that has air bags. Do not place a  
phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag  
Blackouts and Seizures: Blinking lights, such as those  
experienced with television or playing video games,  
may cause some people to experience blackout or  
seizure, even if never experienced before. In the event a  
phone user should experience any disorientation, loss  
of awareness, convulsion, eye or muscle twitching, or  
280  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
deployment area. Store the phone safely before driving  
the vehicle.  
Caution: Avoid Potential Hearing Loss  
Prolonged exposure to loud sounds (including music)  
is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss.  
Some scientific research suggests that using portable  
audio devices, such as portable music players and  
cellular telephones, at high volume settings for long  
durations may lead to permanent noise-induced  
hearing loss. This includes the use of headphones  
(including headsets, ear buds, and Bluetooth® or other  
wireless devices). Exposure to very loud sound has  
also been associated in some studies with tinnitus (a  
ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to sound, and  
distorted hearing. Individual susceptibility to  
noise-induced hearing loss and other potential hearing  
problems varies. The amount of sound produced by a  
portable audio device varies depending on the nature  
of the sound, the device, the device settings, and the  
headphones. You should follow some common sense  
recommendations when using any portable audio  
device:  
Hearing Aids: People with hearing aids or other  
cochlear implants may experience interfering noises  
when using wireless devices or when one is nearby.  
The level of interference will depend on the type of  
hearing device and the distance from the interference  
source. Increasing the separation between them may  
reduce the interference. You may also consult your  
hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.  
Small Children: Do not leave your phone and its  
accessories within the reach of small children or allow  
them to play with it. They could hurt themselves or  
others, or could accidentally damage the phone. Your  
phone contains small parts with sharp edges that may  
cause an injury or which could become detached and  
create a choking hazard.  
Keep the device away from the abdomens of pregnant  
women and adolescents, particularly when using the  
device hands-free.  
Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the  
To reduce exposure to radiation, use your device in  
good reception areas, as indicated by the bars on your  
phone, at least 3 to 4 bars.  
lowest volume at which you can hear adequately.  
When using headphones, turn the volume down if  
you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
281  
       
the person sitting next to you can hear what you are  
listening to.  
Voice: (800) 222-2336  
Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy  
surroundings. If you choose to listen to your portable  
device in a noisy environment, use noise-cancelling  
headphones to block out background environmental  
noise.  
National Institute on Deafness and Other  
Communication Disorders  
National Institutes of Health  
31 Center Drive, MSC 2320  
Bethesda, MD USA 20892-2320  
Voice: (301) 496-7243  
Limit the amount of time you listen. As the volume  
increases, less time is required before your hearing  
could be affected.  
Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely  
loud noises, such as rock concerts, that might cause  
temporary hearing loss. Temporary hearing loss  
might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal.  
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health  
4676 Columbia Parkway  
Cincinnati, Ohio 45226  
Voice: 1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636)  
Internet: cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise  
Do not listen at any volume that causes you  
discomfort. If you experience ringing in your ears,  
hear muffled speech, or experience any temporary  
hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio  
device, discontinue use and consult your doctor.  
Product Handling & Safety  
You can obtain additional information on this subject  
from the following sources:.  
General statement on handling and use: You alone are  
responsible for how you use your phone and any  
consequences of its use.  
American Academy of Audiology  
11730 Plaza America Drive, Suite 300  
Reston, VA 20190  
282  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
You must always switch off your phone wherever the  
use of a phone is prohibited. Use of your phone is  
subject to safety measures designed to protect users  
and their environment.  
Do not carry your phone in your back pocket as it  
could break when you sit down.  
Battery: Your phone includes an internal lithium-ion or  
lithium-ion polymer battery. Please note that use of  
certain data applications can result in heavy battery  
use and may require frequent battery charging. Any  
disposal of the phone or battery must comply with laws  
and regulations pertaining to lithium-ion or lithium-ion  
polymer batteries.  
Always treat your phone and its accessories with  
care and keep it in a clean and dust-free place.  
Do not expose your phone or its accessories to open  
flames or lit tobacco products.  
Do not expose your phone or its accessories to  
liquid, moisture, or high humidity.  
Demagnetization: To avoid the risk of demagnetization,  
do not allow electronic devices or magnetic media  
close to your phone for a long time.  
Do not drop, throw, or try to bend your phone or its  
accessories.  
Normal use position: When making or receiving a  
phone call, hold your phone to your ear, with the  
bottom towards your mouth or as you would a fixed  
line phone.  
Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or  
aerosols to clean the device or its accessories.  
Do not paint your phone or its accessories.  
Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its  
accessories; only authorized personnel must do so.  
Emergency calls: This phone, like any wireless phone,  
operates using radio signals, which cannot guarantee  
connection in all conditions. Therefore, you must never  
rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency  
communications.  
Do not expose your phone or its accessories to  
extreme temperatures, minimum 14° F and  
maximum 140° F (-10° C to 60° C).  
Please check local regulations for disposal of  
electronic products.  
Phone heating: Your phone may become warm during  
charging and during normal use.  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
283  
       
Accessories: Use only approved accessories. Do not  
connect with incompatible products or accessories.  
Take care not to touch or allow metal objects, such as  
coins or key rings, to contact or short-circuit the battery  
terminals.  
these systems are adequately shielded from external  
RF energy. Also check with the manufacturer of any  
equipment that has been added to the vehicle.  
Driving Safety  
Connection to a car: Seek professional advice when  
connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical  
system.  
Driving Safety Tips Overview  
Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the  
phone in your driving area.  
Faulty and damaged products: Do not attempt to  
disassemble the phone or its accessory. Only qualified  
personnel must service or repair the phone or its  
accessory. If your phone or its accessory has been  
submerged in water, punctured, or subjected to a  
severe fall, do not use it until you have taken it to be  
checked at an authorized service center.  
Safety–Your most important call. The Wireless Industry  
reminds you to use your phone safely when driving.  
1. Get to know your phone and its features, such as  
speed-dial and redial.  
2. Use a hands-free device where it is allowed. (In  
some areas, you may not use your phone while  
driving even with a hands-free accessory.)  
Interference in cars and to other Electronic Devices:  
Please note that because of possible interference to  
electronic equipment, some vehicle manufacturers  
forbid the use of mobile phones in their vehicles unless  
a hands-free kit with an external antenna is included in  
the installation. RF energy may affect improperly  
installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating  
and entertainment systems in motor vehicles. Check  
with the manufacturer or representative to determine if  
3. Position your phone within easy reach.  
4. Let the person you are speaking to know you are  
driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy  
traffic or hazardous weather conditions.  
284  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5. Do not take notes, look up phone numbers,  
use the speed-dial function without taking your  
attention off the road.)  
read/write e-mail, or surf the Internet while driving.  
6. Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible,  
place calls when you are not moving or before  
pulling into traffic.  
2. Use a hands-free device. (A number of hands-free  
phone accessories are readily available today.  
Whether you choose an installed mounted device  
for your phone or a speaker accessory, take  
advantage of these devices. If driving while using a  
phone is permitted in your area, we recommend  
using a phone headset or a hands-free car kit  
(sold separately). However, be aware that use of a  
headset that covers both ears impairs your ability  
to hear other sounds. Use of such a headset while  
operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may  
create a serious hazard to you and/or others, and  
may be illegal. If you must use a stereo headset  
while driving, place a speaker in only one ear.  
Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises,  
and do so only if it is legal and you can do so  
safely.)  
7. Do not engage in stressful or emotional  
conversations that may divert your attention from  
the road.  
8. Dial your national emergency number to report  
serious emergencies. (This is a free call from your  
phone.)  
9. Use your phone to help others in emergencies.  
10. Call roadside assistance or a special  
non-emergency wireless number when necessary.  
Driving Safety Tip Details  
1. Get to know your phone and its features such as  
speed-dial and redial. (Carefully read your  
3. Make sure you place your phone within easy reach  
and where you can grab it without removing your  
eyes from the road. (If you get an incoming call at  
an inconvenient time, let your voicemail answer it  
for you.)  
instruction manual and learn to take advantage of  
valuable features most phone models offer,  
including automatic redial and memory dial. Also,  
work to memorize the phone keyboard so you can  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
285  
 
4. Suspend conversations during hazardous driving  
conditions or situations. (Let the person you are  
speaking to know you are driving; if necessary,  
suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous  
weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow, and ice can  
be hazardous, but so is heavy traffic. As a driver,  
your first responsibility is to pay attention to the  
road.)  
pulling into traffic. (Try to plan your calls before you  
begin your trip, or attempt to schedule your calls  
with times you may be temporarily stopped or  
otherwise stationary. But if you need to dial while  
driving, follow this simple tip: dial only a few  
numbers, check the road and your mirrors, then  
continue.)  
7. Do not engage in stressful or emotional  
5. Do not take notes, look up phone numbers,  
read/write e-mail, or surf the internet while driving.  
(If you are reading an address book or business  
card while driving a car, or writing a to-do list, then  
you are not watching where you are going. It's  
common sense. Do not get caught in a dangerous  
situation because you are reading or writing and  
not paying attention to the road or nearby  
vehicles.If you are reading an address book or  
business card while driving a car, or writing a to-do  
list, then you are not watching where you are  
going. It's common sense. Do not get caught in a  
dangerous situation because you are reading or  
writing and not paying attention to the road or  
nearby vehicles.)  
conversations that may be distracting. (Stressful or  
emotional conversations and driving do not mix—  
they are distracting and even dangerous when you  
are behind the wheel. Make people you are talking  
with aware you are driving and if necessary,  
suspend phone conversations which have the  
potential to divert your attention from the road.)  
8. Use your phone to call for help. (Your phone is one  
of the greatest tools you can own to protect  
yourself and your family in dangerous situations—  
with your phone at your side, help is only three  
numbers away. Dial your national emergency  
number in the case of fire, traffic accident, road  
hazard, or medical emergencies. Remember, your  
national emergency number is a free call on your  
phone.)  
6. Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible,  
place calls when you are not moving or before  
286  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Use your phone to help others in emergencies. (If  
you see an auto accident, crime in progress, or  
other serious emergency where lives are in  
danger, call your national emergency number, as  
you would want others to do for you.)  
screen may be hazardous if your attention has been  
diverted away from your driving task at a critical time.  
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively.  
Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear  
outside traffic and emergency signals while driving.  
Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause  
an accident.  
10. Call roadside assistance or a special wireless  
non-emergency assistance number when  
necessary. (Certain situations you encounter while  
driving may require attention, but are not urgent  
enough to merit a call to your national emergency  
number. But you can still use your phone to lend a  
hand. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no  
serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor  
traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a  
vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside  
assistance or other special non-emergency  
wireless number.)  
Let Your Judgment Prevail: The Device Software is only  
an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your  
observations of local conditions and existing traffic  
regulations. The Device Software is not a substitute for  
your personal judgment.  
Hands-Free Capability  
All CTIA Certified portable products provide the  
consumer with a toll-free number for the purchase of a  
compatible hands-free device, 1-800-881-7256.  
General Operation  
Prolonged Views of Screen: If you are driving, do not  
access any function requiring a prolonged view of the  
screen. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before  
attempting to access a function of the system requiring  
prolonged attention. Even occasional short scans to the  
ESD Safety  
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can cause damage to  
electronic devices if discharged into the device, so you  
should take steps to avoid such an occurrence.  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
287  
         
Description of ESD  
device such as a docking station, a discharge event  
can occur.  
Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the  
buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a  
Precautions against ESD  
material. To most people, static electricity and ESD are  
nothing more than annoyances. For example, after  
walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet, building  
up electrons on your body, you may get a shock—the  
discharge event—when you touch a metal doorknob.  
This little shock discharges the built-up static electricity.  
Make sure to discharge any built-up static electricity  
from yourself and your electronic devices before  
touching an electronic device or connecting one  
device to another. The recommendation from Palm is  
that you take this precaution before connecting your  
phone to your computer, placing the phone in a  
docking station, or connecting it to any other device.  
You can do this in many ways, including the following:  
ESD-susceptible equipment  
Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry, so  
when working with electronic devices, take measures  
to help protect your electronic devices, including your  
Palm phone, from ESD harm. While Palm has built  
protections against ESD into its products, ESD  
unfortunately exists and, unless neutralized, could build  
up to levels that could harm your equipment. Any  
electronic device that contains an external entry point  
for plugging in anything from cables to docking  
stations is susceptible to entry of ESD. Devices that you  
carry with you, such as your phone, build up ESD in a  
unique way because the static electricity that may have  
built up on your body is automatically passed to the  
device. Then, when the device is connected to another  
Ground yourself when you're holding your mobile  
device by simultaneously touching a metal surface  
that is at earth ground. For example, if your computer  
has a metal case and is plugged into a standard  
three-prong grounded outlet, touching the case  
should discharge the ESD on your body.  
Increase the relative humidity of your environment.  
Install ESD-specific prevention items, such as  
grounding mats.  
Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences  
Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static  
electricity in the environment include the following:  
288  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Low relative humidity.  
Material type. (The type of material gathering the  
charge. For example, synthetics are more prone to  
static buildup than natural fibers like cotton.).  
The rapidity with which you touch, connect, or  
disconnect electronic devices.  
While you should always take appropriate precautions  
to discharge static electricity, if you are in an  
environment where you notice ESD events, you may  
want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic  
equipment against ESD.  
Owner’s Record  
The model number, regulatory number, and serial  
number are located on a nameplate inside the battery  
compartment. Record the serial number in the space  
provided below. This will be helpful if you need to  
contact us about your phone in the future.  
Product: Palm® Pixi™ phone  
Model:  
Serial No.:  
5A. Regulatory and Safety Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
289  
 
5B. Specifications  
Specifications  
Category  
Radio  
Description  
Dual-band CDMA2000 EvDO Rev A and 1xRTT.  
Features  
Speaker.  
Hands-free headset jack (3.5 mm stereo, 3-barrel connector).  
HAC M4/T4.  
Microphone mute option.  
TTY-compatible.  
Ringer switch.  
Processor technologies  
Qualcomm® MSM7627 dual-core applications and modem processor.  
290  
5B. Specifications5B. Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Category  
Description  
Battery  
Rechargeable lithium-ion.  
1150mA/hr power capacity.  
Removable.  
Operating system  
Camera  
Palm® webOS™ platform  
2 megapixel.  
LED flash.  
Auto-exposure.  
Auto-white balance.  
Geotagging.  
Size  
4.37 in. x 2.17 in. x 0.43 in. (111.0 mm x 55. mm x 10.85 mm).  
Weight  
3.51 ounces (99.5 grams).  
Bluetooth® wireless technology 2.1 + EDR with A2DP (stereo Bluetooth)  
Connectivity  
support.  
Display  
2.63-inch touchscreen.  
18-bit TFT color.  
Resolution: 320 x 400 sub-HVGA.  
User-adjustable brightness.  
Keyboard  
Physical QWERTY keyboard.  
5B. Specifications  
291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Category  
Description  
Sensors  
Ambient light.  
Accelerometer.  
Proximity.  
Memory  
8GB (~7GB user available).  
USB mass storage support.  
Connector  
microUSB connector with USB 2.0 Hi-Speed.  
Included Palm webOS  
Amazon MP3.  
applications (at time of purchase)  
App Catalog.  
Calculator.  
Calendar.  
Camera.  
Contacts.  
Doc View.  
Email.  
Memos.  
Messaging (integrated SMS, MMS, and IM).  
Music.  
PDF View.  
292  
5B. Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Category  
Description  
Included Palm webOS  
applications (at time of purchase)  
(Continued)  
Photos.  
Phone.  
Tasks.  
Videos.  
Web.  
Included third-party applications  
(at time of purchase)  
Google Maps.  
NASCAR Sprint Cup MobileSM.  
Sprint NFL Mobile Live.  
Sprint Navigation.  
Sprint TV®.  
YouTube.  
Operating temperature range  
32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C).  
5% to 90% RH.  
5B. Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
293  
     
Online Accounts Available for webOS Phones  
Applications that  
display data from  
this account  
Relationship  
between phone and  
online account*  
Can I edit and add Can I edit and add What happens  
info to this account data to this account when I delete this  
on my phone?  
on the web?  
account from one  
app?  
Exchange  
Facebook  
Contacts  
Calendar  
Tasks  
Sync  
Yes  
Yes  
All data from all  
affected apps is  
simultaneously  
deleted  
Email  
Contacts  
Calendar  
Contacts &  
Calendar transfer  
from web to phone  
Photos only  
Contacts and  
Calendar only  
Only info in that  
app is deleted; info  
remains in other  
apps  
Photos  
transfer/upload  
from phone to web  
Google  
Contacts  
Calendar  
Email  
Sync  
Yes  
Yes  
Only info in that  
app is deleted; info  
remains in other  
apps  
Messaging  
294  
5B. Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Applications that  
display data from  
this account  
Relationship  
between phone and  
online account*  
Can I edit and add Can I edit and add What happens  
info to this account data to this account when I delete this  
on my phone?  
on the web?  
account from one  
app?  
LinkedIn  
Contacts  
Transfer from web No  
to phone  
Yes  
No  
Only one app is  
affected: Contacts  
Palm profile Contacts  
Calendar  
Transfer from  
phone to web  
Yes  
All data is deleted  
from all affected  
apps; see “Backup”  
for details  
Tasks  
Memos  
list of affected info  
Photobucket Photos  
Transfer/upload  
from phone to web  
Yes  
No  
Only info in that  
app is deleted  
*Sync: A two-way exchange and update of your data. What you add or change in one location is automatically  
added or changed in the other.  
Transfer: A one-way update of your data. You can add or change data only in one location; the data is then copied  
to the other location.  
5B. Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
295  
     
online 248  
passwords for 23  
pictures and 107  
setting up 16  
Index  
address books 86, 121  
addresses. See contacts; email  
addresses  
advanced gestures 176  
airbags 281  
Numerics  
user names for 183  
files  
activation 16, 182  
active calls. See phone calls  
Exchange ActiveSync  
accounts  
112 phone numbers 87  
1xRTT data networks 251  
411 phone numbers 12  
911 phone numbers 87  
999 phone numbers 87  
A
accented characters 54  
Accept Cookies option 222  
accessories 284  
aircrafts 280  
airplane mode 19, 264  
alarms 63, 140, 144, 152–  
See also Clock application  
Album Art view 115  
album headers 106  
albums. See photo albums;  
video albums; music albums  
alerts. See alarms; notifications  
All Calendars view 138  
All inboxes view 186187  
all-day events 140  
Add An Account option  
calendars 137, 144  
contacts 123, 133  
Account List view 186  
accounts  
email 188  
See also individual account  
data services and 182, 183  
directory assistance and 12  
managing 12  
Add Bookmark option 218  
Add Contact Reminder 129  
Add device option 96, 227  
Add Picture command 206  
Add to Launcher 217  
Address Book on Mac 79,  
See also calendars; events  
Amazon accounts 117  
music and 117, 258, 259  
network settings for 100  
296  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Amazon MP3 service 113,  
animations 9, 11, 243  
antenna 271  
AOL accounts 187  
App Catalog 6870  
application menu 59, 264  
application search 264  
application update 264  
applications  
keywords for 62  
losing 260  
managing 71  
moving 50  
music and 114  
saving 196  
audio files. See music files  
audio quality 247  
authentication 253  
Auto Locate option 214, 215  
auto-correct feature 56  
automatic backup 164, 165  
automatic date and time  
adjustment 170  
opening 4648  
Palm OS 68  
reinstalling 71  
running 9  
searching in 63, 264  
troubleshooting 171, 242,  
auto-shut off interval 175, 246  
B
See also third-party  
applications  
adding to phone 6870  
buying 68, 7071  
closing 51  
compatibility of 68  
deleting 52, 71, 263  
dialing from 85  
back covers 239242  
back gesture 37, 49, 176,  
updating 6568, 71, 264  
working with 4953  
appointments. See events  
artists 114, 116, 117119  
attachments  
Back View 31  
Background data collection  
option 215  
files as 157, 163  
internal memory and 263  
messages and 194, 202  
music as 113  
Backupapplication 164170,  
displaying 49  
downloading 70  
See also Palm profile  
basic gestures 3639  
included with phone 292,  
opening 196, 208  
pictures as 106  
Index  
297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
battery  
caring for 276277, 283  
turning on and off 226  
Bluetooth wireless  
alarms and 140, 144  
backing up 166  
dates and 142  
default 144  
display of 140  
charging 3133, 233  
maximizing life of 3334  
replacing 234238  
troubleshooting 233  
battery specifications 291  
billing accounts 71, 72  
blackouts 280  
technology 96, 226  
See also wireless services  
bookmarks 163, 218221  
Brightness slider 175  
browser. See Web browser  
Buddies view 204  
events 135136, 140,  
getting started with 137  
online 144  
built-in applications 292, 293  
preferences for 143145  
blank screens 242  
Block Popups option 222  
Bluetooth devices 226229  
adding 96, 227  
buying  
saving 138  
applications 68, 7071  
music 119120  
synchronizing 135137,  
C
troubleshooting 256257  
call history 9394  
caller ID blocking 94  
caller IDs 104, 127  
calling cards 13  
calls. See phone calls  
camera 101102, 258, 291  
Caps Lock 53  
airplane mode and 19, 20  
connecting to 226, 228  
deleting 229  
cable service providers 253  
cache (web pages) 222  
Calculator application 154  
Calendar application 135–  
calendar events. See events  
Calendar View Options 144  
calendars 135145  
See also events  
disconnecting from 229  
discovering 227  
passkeys for 227  
phone calls and 96  
renaming 229  
troubleshooting 245, 246–  
car kits 96, 134135  
298  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Card view 9, 49, 51, 265  
See also wallpaper  
collect calls 13  
colors  
roaming and 98, 100  
timing out 251  
transferring files and 104,  
cards 45, 50, 264  
for email message text 194,  
Certificate Manager 173174  
certificates 173174  
Change Login Settings  
option 192  
troubleshooting 244, 255  
TTY/TDD devices and 99  
wireless 20  
for calendar entries 136  
for memos 151  
columns 158  
contact lists 133, 197  
contact matches 97  
contacts 121135  
adding 121, 124  
comments 157, 159  
compatibility information 95,  
Change Wallpaper option 176  
character searches 85  
characters 5456  
conference calls 9293  
connection menu 60, 265  
connections  
charging dock 33  
backing up 166  
chat rooms. See conversations  
children, safety of 281  
Classic app 68  
Clear Cache option 222  
Clear Call History  
car kits and 96, 134135  
default account 133  
deleting 126, 132  
dialing by name 86  
displaying 94, 126, 129,  
driving directions for 224  
editing 126, 129, 130  
email and 197  
Bluetooth devices and 96,  
corporate servers and 250  
Internet 214  
network settings for 100  
online address books  
and 121  
command 94  
Clear Cookies option 222  
Clear flag command 198  
Clear History option 222  
Clips (animations in Help) 11  
Clock application 152154  
Palm profile and 164  
phone calls and 91  
getting in touch with 131  
getting started with 123  
Index  
299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Launcher icons for 131  
linked 122  
See also instant messages  
Conversations view 204  
cookies 222  
Copy All option 58  
copying  
tasks lists 145  
credit cards 72, 120  
cursor 42, 43  
linking 130131  
messages and 208  
photos for 104106,  
custom message 211  
customer support 11, 12  
customizing  
contacts and calendar from  
computer 78  
contacts from old phone 77  
files from computer 7375  
text 57  
preferences 133134  
reminders and 129  
ringtones for 128, 179  
saving information for 94,  
See also preferences  
Calendar application 143–  
Contacts application 133,  
corporateaccounts 188190,  
searching 97, 125  
data usage 98  
selecting 89  
email accounts 191  
Location Services 214  
phone settings 97, 100  
roaming preferences 98  
web browsers 221222  
cutting text 57  
coupling 245  
sending 134135  
speed dials for 128  
synchronizing 121, 123,  
coverage areas 20, 244  
creating  
email 193194  
events 137138  
files 160  
instant messages 211  
memos 150  
troubleshooting 256257  
unlinking 130131  
vCards and 122, 135  
Contacts application 121–  
D
dashboard 65, 265  
data connection icons 29,  
messages 205206  
tasks 146147  
conversations 202204, 209  
300  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
data roaming 99  
option 144  
music 116  
numbers on dial pad 85  
online accounts 248  
photo albums 104  
pictures 108  
ringtones 128  
stored web page  
content 222  
tasks 150  
videos 110  
data service icons 251  
data service providers 252,  
data services 182183, 251  
data services passwords 24  
data transfer 7682  
Data Transfer Assistant 78–  
data usage 98, 99  
DataViz 160  
default settings 260  
deleting  
alarms 154  
applications 52, 71, 263  
backed-up information 165  
billing accounts 72  
Bluetooth devices 229  
bookmarks 220, 221  
browsing history 222  
certificates 174  
contacts 126, 132  
conversations 209  
cookies 222  
demagnetization 283  
desktop organizers 81, 232  
Device Info application 171–  
device names 171  
Devices list 226  
devices, pairing 226228  
diagnostic information 172  
dial pad 84  
dialing 84, 87, 128, 209, 221  
dialing prefixes 98  
dialing shortcuts 98  
dates 147, 170171  
See also calendars  
Day view 141  
default account  
devices 229  
email 192, 198  
Calendar 144  
contacts 133  
Email 201  
events 142  
information 171  
instant messaging  
accounts 212  
Default Calendar option 144  
Default Event Duration  
option 144  
list items 39, 45  
memos 152  
Default Event Reminder  
messages 209  
Index  
301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
dialing tones 97  
Digital Rights Management  
(DRM) 73  
tasks 147  
Assistant  
DTMF tones 97  
due dates (tasks) 147, 149  
videos 109, 111  
web pages 217  
Doc View 155160  
Document Editing 160  
documentation 10, 11, 26  
documents 155163  
Documents To Go 160  
Download for free option 70  
downloading  
directions 224  
E
directory assistance 12  
display. See touchscreen  
display size 156, 161  
displaying  
earpiece 245  
EarthLink accounts 187  
EAS. See Exchange  
ActiveSync  
echoes 245  
editing  
album headers 106  
calendar events 140  
certificates 174  
See also App Catalog  
applications 70  
contacts 126, 129, 130  
email accounts 192  
files 160  
IM accounts 212  
memos 151  
contacts 94, 121, 126,  
email 192, 195, 253  
pictures 102  
email folders 199  
file properties 157  
images 256  
drafts 194  
drag and drop gesture 45  
drag gesture 38, 265  
driving directions 224  
driving safety tips 95, 284–  
Palm profile 164  
text 57  
maps 132  
meeting participants 143  
messages 208  
notifications 177  
phone calls 89, 94  
pictures 102  
web page bookmarks 220  
ESD  
email 186202  
DRM-free music files 73  
DTA. See Data Transfer  
adding pictures to 106  
302  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
alerts for 191  
roaming and 99  
searching for 197  
sending 186, 193194,  
Email application 186202  
email service providers 187–  
attaching files to 157, 163,  
attaching music to 113  
backing up 167  
contacts and 197  
creating 193194  
deleting 192, 198  
dialing from 87  
emergency calls 283  
emergency phone  
numbers 87  
signatures 192, 199  
synchronizing 186, 192,  
emoticons 206208  
troubleshooting 252253  
endnotes 157  
email accounts  
erasing data 165, 171172,  
ESD safety 287289  
ESMTP authentication 253  
EvDO data networks 30, 251,  
download options for 253  
drafts 194  
accessing 186  
changing 192  
creating multiple 188  
default 201  
folders 199200  
forwarding 198  
links in 112  
login settings 192  
managing 198  
merging from multiple  
accounts 186  
message headers 198  
opening attachments 196  
preferences for 200  
receiving 186, 192, 195  
replying to 197  
deleting 192  
reordering 201  
setting up 187191  
synchronizing 186  
troubleshooting 250, 252–  
Event Location option 138–  
Event Notes option 140  
Event Reminder option 144  
events 137140  
email addresses  
alarms and 140, 144  
calendar 135136, 137–  
changing 169  
entering 191, 193  
saving 197  
Index  
303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
creating 137138  
deleting 142  
displaying 140  
locations 138139  
reminders and 143  
repeating 139  
troubleshooting 251  
watching videos and 109  
explosive atmospheres 279  
exporting data 232233  
extensions (phone calls) 98  
files  
changing contents 160  
copying to phone 7375,  
creating 160  
F
Facebook accounts  
Photos application and 107  
specifications 294  
synchronization with  
phone 80, 124  
saving 138  
synchronizing 136, 137,  
display size 156  
finding text in 156, 162  
freeing memory and 262  
losing 260  
untimed 140  
Excel files 155, 158159  
Exchange ActiveSync  
accounts  
factory-installed  
opening 155, 160  
properties for 157  
saving 157, 162  
applications 292, 293  
favorites  
setting up 188190  
specifications 294  
synchronization with  
phone 80  
email folders 200  
web bookmarks 218  
FCC statements 270  
features 12  
feedback 245  
file types  
searching for 155  
sending 157, 163, 194  
sharing 157, 163  
storing 259  
Synergy feature and 9  
troubleshooting 250251  
Exchange servers  
searching over 86  
synchronizing with 249,  
filtering tasks 148  
Find command 156, 162  
searching  
opening files and 155  
playing music and 113  
viewing pictures and 102  
flick gesture 38, 265  
304  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
folders  
copying files to 259  
advanced 176  
HAC option 99  
hands-free devices 96, 245,  
back gesture changes 176  
troubleshooting 243  
Get email option 192  
Get My Music option 113  
Global Address Lists 86, 121  
Global Address Lookup  
option 126  
email 199200  
receiving email and 200  
hard resets. See full erase  
hardware 26  
footnotes 157  
formats, phone 175  
formatting for email message  
text 194, 199  
headsets 95, 247  
HAC  
forward gesture 38, 176  
free applications 70  
front gesture 176  
hearing aids 281  
hearing loss 281282  
help 11, 262  
Google accounts  
creating account on  
website 77, 78, 81  
setting up account on  
phone 121, 135, 186  
specifications 294  
Front View 27  
See also troubleshooting  
Help application 11  
history lists 94, 204, 222  
hospitals 279  
frozen phone 171, 242, 261  
full erase 172, 260  
See also erasing data  
synchronization with  
G
I
phone 78, 80  
GALs. See Global Address  
Lists  
iCal on Mac 79, 233  
icons 2930  
Synergy feature and 9  
Google Maps 223  
Google Weather 136  
genres 114, 115  
data services and 251  
Google maps and 223  
Launcher 52  
Geotag Photos option 215  
gesture area 35, 58, 265  
gestures 9, 3545  
H
HAC 274275  
notifications and 244  
Index  
305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
reordering 52  
signal-strength 244  
web pages as 218, 219  
IM. See instant messages  
images 196, 256  
See also pictures  
retrieving 10  
Internet service  
saving 58, 125  
providers 190192, 252,  
system 171  
transferring 232  
ISPs. See Internet service  
providers  
iTunes files 73, 259  
installing  
third-party applications 68,  
IMAP email accounts 190,  
J
updates 6568  
JavaScript option 222  
instant messages  
account information 212  
creating 211  
inbox (email) 186, 201, 253  
Industry Canada 271  
information  
K
keyboard 28, 5354, 85  
keyboard shortcuts 58  
keywords 62  
notifications 212  
online status 211  
accessing 9, 249  
backing up 164168  
cutting, copying, and  
pasting 57  
deleting 165, 171  
entering 56, 217  
importing 249  
L
sending 203, 211  
instant messaging  
accounts 209210, 212  
Interactive Tests 173  
interference 245, 247, 275,  
internal memory. See memory  
international language  
settings 174  
labels 125  
landscape mode 217  
language 174  
Launcher  
applications in 47  
contacts added to 131  
defined 265  
gesture 48  
icons 52  
linked contacts 130  
losing 260  
protecting 23, 164  
restoring 260  
306  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
pages 29, 48  
login settings 192  
long-distance phone calls 12  
losing device 165  
meeting requests  
meeting participants 143  
meeting requests 143, 201  
memory 262, 292  
web pages and 217  
layered calendars 136  
light in gesture area 58  
lighted dial pad 84  
linked contacts 122123,  
LinkedIn accounts 295  
linking to  
lowercase letters 53  
M
Mac computers  
memos 150152, 167  
Memos application 150152  
menus 5860, 264, 265  
merged views 186, 266  
message headers 198  
messages. See email;  
multimedia messages; text  
messages; voicemail  
Messaging application 202–  
messaging, backing up 167  
microphone 245  
Microsoft Direct Push 187  
files  
copying files 104, 110,  
transferring files and 259  
transferring info from desktop  
software 79  
contacts 130  
videos 112  
machinery, operating 280  
maps 132, 223, 225, 256  
Mark all completed  
command 150  
Mark all incomplete  
command 150  
web pages 217, 221, 263  
list items 39, 45  
List Order option 133  
lists 56, 148  
local event information 12  
location information 214, 225  
See also maps  
Mark as read/unread  
command 198  
Location Services 214215  
locations 138139  
lock icon 216  
media files 259, 262  
media sync 73  
medical devices 279  
Index  
307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ActiveSync. See Exchange  
ActiveSync  
PowerPoint files  
dialing from 87, 209  
displaying 208  
notifications 212  
pictures and 106  
roaming and 99  
N
names  
See also user names  
changing Bluetooth  
device 229  
sending 203, 205206  
troubleshooting 254  
multitasking 9, 46  
music 113120  
changing device 171  
dialing by 86  
sending or receiving  
messages and 191  
NASCAR Sprint Cup  
Mobile 184  
national emergency phone  
numbers 87  
connections  
files  
misspelled words 56  
See connections  
Month view 141  
Move to folder command 198  
movie listings 12  
answering phone and 88  
deleting 116  
information about 118  
listening to 96, 113  
playback controls 115  
searching for 116, 117  
songs as ringtones 179,  
MP3 music service 117120,  
network settings 100  
network times 171  
next gesture 176, 243  
NFL Mobile Live 184185  
normal use position 283  
notes 140, 147  
multimedia messages  
addressing 205  
transferring from iTunes 73  
transferring to iTunes 73  
troubleshooting 258, 259  
music albums 114, 116, 117,  
attachments and 208  
contact information and 209  
contacts and 208  
creating 205206  
notifications 29, 63  
deleting 209  
Music application 113117  
308  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
contacts and 89  
defined 266  
displaying 177  
online support 11, 12  
opening  
Palm Music Assistant 73  
Palm online support 11  
Palm OS 68  
applications 4648  
attachments 196, 208  
files 155, 160  
messages and 191, 212  
Palm Pixi phone 9  
reordering 65  
See also phone  
Palm profile 10, 17, 260, 266,  
Palm profile account 82, 267  
backing up 164168  
Synergy feature  
responding to 244  
sounds for 88  
troubleshooting 254  
update 65  
maps 132  
web pages 216, 221  
operating system 268  
operator assistance  
(phone) 13  
Option key. See orange key  
orange key 28, 266  
organizer features 121  
outage information 253  
Outlook 79, 187, 249  
overdue tasks 147  
voicemail and 100  
Now Playing list 115, 116  
Palm webOS 68  
O
partial erase 172, 260  
See also erasing data  
partnerships. See pairing  
passkeys 227  
Office Outlook. See Outlook  
online accounts 134, 186,  
See also accounts; email  
accounts  
P
Password is Required field 72  
passwords 2324  
changing 24, 170  
pacemakers 279  
online address books 86, 121  
online calendars 136, 144  
See also calendars  
page indicators 29, 48  
pairing devices 226228  
Palm Desktop software 79,  
entering 54  
instant messages and 212  
PDF files and 161  
online status 211  
Index  
309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
screens and 177  
pasting text 57  
formats 175  
languages 174  
troubleshooting 172, 244–  
number for 93  
TTY/TDD devices and 99  
turning on or off 1821  
updating 6568  
pauses in phone  
numbers 125  
preferences for 97100  
redialing 87  
PDF files 160163  
PDF View 160163  
performance 243  
Numbers. See PINs  
personal information 23, 260  
phone  
regional settings for 174  
renaming 171  
replying to conversations  
and 203  
resetting 171172  
restarting 171, 242, 246  
safety information 11, 95  
setting up 1618  
silencing ringer for 88  
specifications 290  
status of 29  
system information  
about 171  
third-party applications  
and 261  
transferring information  
volume 22, 90  
phone calls 8789  
adding a second 91  
applications and 91  
conference calls 9293  
contact information for 94  
contacts and 93  
See also phone calls  
activating 16, 182  
directory assistance for 12  
driving and 95, 284287  
ending 91  
getting operator assistance  
with 13  
answering 87, 89, 91  
applications compatibility 68  
caring for 282  
compatible devices for 247  
conference calls 92  
data services and 251  
dialing 8487, 128, 221  
disposing of 278  
getting started with 21  
hands-free devices and 96  
hold 90, 91  
information about 89, 94  
making 84, 87, 89, 221  
managing 90  
emergency calls and 87  
310  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
messages during 205  
replying to 89  
photos. See pictures  
pictures 101108  
albums and 103104  
backing up 167  
playing  
music 115  
videos 109, 112  
voicemail messages 89  
Playlist view 115  
ringtones for 128, 179  
searching and 10  
searching for contacts  
and 97  
sending to voicemail 89  
shortcuts for 98  
contacts and 104106,  
podcasts 73  
deleting 108  
POP email accounts 190, 253  
displaying 102  
power button 31  
swapping 92  
downloading 102  
sending 106, 205, 206,  
power specifications 277  
PowerPoint files 155, 159–  
power-saving feature 19, 246  
preferences 164180  
See also customizing  
buddies 204  
phone headsets 9596, 247  
phone icons 29  
phone numbers  
specifying as wallpaper 176  
taking 101102, 258  
uploading 106108  
wallpaper and 106  
pinch in gesture 41, 267  
pinch out gesture 41, 267  
PINs 177  
play lists 115, 116  
Play sound option 191  
playback controls, music 115  
playback controls, video 109,  
adding to contacts 94  
finding 93  
speed dials for 129  
Phone Reset Options  
settings 172  
phone settings 97100  
photo albums 103104  
photo header 105  
Photobucket accounts 295  
Photos application 102108  
calendars 143145  
contacts 133134  
email 200  
phone calls 97100  
reminders 144  
web browsers 221222  
preferred roaming list 100  
Index  
311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
prefixes 98  
presentations. See PowerPoint  
files  
R
email accounts 201  
icons 52  
notifications 65  
radio 183, 290  
Radio Frequency 272274  
recurringevents. See repeating  
events  
task 149  
previous gesture 176, 243  
repeating events 139  
repetitive motion injuries 280  
Reply-to address option 192  
Reset Voicemail Count  
option 100  
priority settings  
email 194  
tasks 147  
recycling 278  
redialing phone numbers 87  
redirectors (web pages) 255  
Regional Settings  
processor 290  
product updates. See updates  
profile 10, 164, 266  
protecting information 23,  
Purge completed  
command 151  
resets 171, 260  
application 174175  
reinstalling applications 71  
reminders 125, 129, 140,  
restarting phone 171, 242  
restaurant information 12  
restoring data 260  
reviews 70, 71  
See also alarms  
RF energy 284  
Remove Contacts Account  
option 134  
Remove Email Account  
option 192  
ringer switch 27, 88, 153,  
Q
Quick Launch  
applications in 4647, 51  
defined 267  
gesture 38  
icons 52  
Quick Tests 172  
ringtone volume 153  
ringtones 128, 178180  
roaming 98, 100  
renaming devices 171, 229  
reordering  
roaming charges 66  
roaming list 100  
bookmarks 220  
cards 50  
312  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
rows 158  
turning on or off 18, 21,  
Select All option 58  
sending  
S
unlocking 177178  
safety information 270, 272–  
contacts 134135  
waking up 21  
conversation  
Screen & Lock  
messages 203  
SAR 272274  
application 175178  
scroll gesture 29, 3940  
searching 10, 6163  
for applications 48  
for emails 197  
for memos 151  
for services 225  
for text in files 156, 162  
Secure Unlock option 177  
secure websites 216, 256  
security  
document files 157  
email 186, 193194, 202  
instant messages 211  
music 113  
satellite photos 223  
saving  
attachments 196  
calendar events 138  
contacts 125  
PDF files 163  
pictures 106, 205, 206,  
email addresses 197  
files 157, 162  
text messages 205206  
videos 254  
images 196  
information 58, 125  
phone numbers 94  
pictures 106  
service plans 12  
See also accounts; data  
services  
Set a ringtone option 128  
Set due date for all  
command 149  
web page bookmarks 220  
schedules. See calendars  
screen  
See also Certificate Manager  
erasing data from  
phone 171  
locking the screen 175,  
brightness 19, 175  
Set flag command 198  
Set speed dial command 129  
caring for 27  
Palm profile 170  
troubleshooting 238, 242  
seizures 280  
Index  
313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
setting up  
Amazon accounts 117  
smart folders 201, 267  
smartphone 232, 233  
SMTP servers 253  
snooze 143, 153  
account passwords  
Sprint Customer Service 12  
Sprint National Network 182,  
Sprint Navigation 224225  
Sprint online help 11  
Sprint Operator Services 13  
Sprint service plans 12  
See also accounts; data  
services  
billing accounts 71  
hands-free devices 96  
phone 1618  
soft resets. See partial erase  
software 249  
voicemail 22  
share option 202  
sharing  
images 196  
videos 112  
Shift 53  
shopping information 12  
shortcuts 58, 98  
Show Contact Matches  
option 97  
Show Email option 192  
Show Icon option 191  
signal 244, 245  
software updates 6568  
songs. See music  
sounds 178180  
Sounds & Ringtones  
application 178180  
speakerphone 245  
speakers 96  
Sprint TV 183  
static 245, 247  
stereo headsets 95, 96  
storage space 262  
streaming  
SAR  
specifications 290293  
speed dialing 86, 128  
spelling errors 56  
spreadsheets. See Excel files  
Sprint 411 12  
music 113  
videos 111  
subaccount passwords 23  
swapping phone calls 92  
swipe gesture 37, 267  
Sym key 28, 267  
symbols 54  
signal-strength icon 20, 244  
Signature option 192, 199  
Simple PIN option 177  
slides. See PowerPoint files  
314  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sync deleted emails  
option 192  
Sync Now option 133  
synchronization 247251  
defined 247  
See also updating phone  
temperature ranges 293  
tests. See Quick Tests;  
Interactive Tests  
T
tap gesture 36, 242, 268  
taps, troubleshooting 242  
task lists  
text 156, 162  
copying, cutting 57  
formatting 194, 199  
pasting 57  
desktop software, Google,  
and phone 81  
assigning tasks to 147  
creating 145  
email 186, 192, 195  
Facebook information 80,  
online accounts 134, 145  
onlinecalendars 135137,  
deleting 150  
filtering 148  
searching 156, 162  
selecting 4244  
reordering items in 149  
tasks 145150  
backing up 168  
completing 147, 149  
creating 146147  
deleting 150  
text messages 202206  
addressing 205  
contacts and 208, 209  
creating 205206  
deleting 209  
online contacts 121, 123,  
dialing from 87, 209  
retrieving information  
and 10, 249  
displaying 147  
due dates for 149  
priorities 149  
displaying 208  
links in 112  
notifications 212  
setting up 248  
troubleshooting 250251  
Synergy feature 9, 76, 121,  
system information 171  
system updates 6568, 267  
renaming 148  
reordering 149  
phone calls and 87, 90  
roaming and 99  
Tasks application 145150  
sending 203, 205206  
troubleshooting 254  
text selection gestures 4244  
TDD 99  
technical support 11, 12  
Index  
315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
text telephones. See TTY/TDD  
devices  
third-party applications  
adding to phone 68  
backing up 168  
traffic information 223, 225  
transferring data 7682  
from computer 232233  
computer to phone 78  
Exchange to phone 80  
Facebook to phone 80  
Google to phone 80  
old phone to new 77  
planning for 76  
messaging 254  
performance 243  
phone 244246  
Quick Tests and 172  
screens 242  
universal search 257  
updates 261  
freeing internal memory  
and 263  
losing 260  
pairing  
synchronizing using 249  
troubleshooting 261262  
third-party phone calls 13  
throwing 39  
thumbnail images 102  
time formats 170  
time zones 171  
troubleshooting 259  
troubleshooting  
TTY/TDD devices 99  
Turn off Airplane Mode  
option 20  
Turn Off and Erase Data  
option 165  
Turn on Airplane Mode  
option 19  
TV. See Sprint TV  
applications 171, 242,  
backing up data 260  
battery 233  
Bluetooth devices 246–  
times 170171  
Tips (Help application) 11  
title bar icons 29  
data services 251  
erasing data 260  
gestures 243  
U
Top View 31  
unauthorized users 23  
universal search 6163, 85,  
touchscreen 28, 35  
hands-free devices 245,  
See also screens  
Touchstone charging dock 33  
See also searching  
316  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
unlinking contact  
information 131  
V
Voice Network 99  
voicemail 22, 89, 100  
Voicemail Count Reset  
option 100  
vCards 122, 135  
VCF format 122  
video albums 103  
videos 108112  
answering phone and 88  
deleting 110  
unlocking the screen 177–  
untimed events 140  
See also calendars; events  
up gesture 39, 47  
Update PRL option 100  
updates  
network settings 100  
phone 6568, 261  
updating  
volume  
adjusting for phone calls 90  
alarm 153  
phone call 22  
iTunes 73  
linking to 112  
playback controls 109, 112  
searching for 111, 112  
sending 254  
system sounds 178  
troubleshooting 245  
VPN server connections 190  
W
troubleshooting 254  
watching 108, 111  
Videos application 108111  
views 9  
waking up the screen 21  
wallpaper 106, 176  
See also Card view  
weak signals 244, 245  
web addresses 216, 218, 219  
Web browser 215222  
web pages  
applications 6568, 71,  
billing accounts 72  
uploading pictures 107, 108  
uppercase letters 53  
URLs 216, 218, 219  
USB Drive mode 74, 259  
user names 23, 182, 212  
user profile 10, 164, 266  
user safety information 279–  
See also cards  
Vista computers  
copying files 104, 110,  
accessing information  
bookmarking 218221  
Outlook 2007 79  
transferring info from desktop  
software 79  
Index  
317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
clearing browsing history  
for 222  
clearing cache for 222  
dialing from 87  
browsing 99  
connecting to 215216  
customer support 11, 12  
disabling JavaScript for 222  
freeing internal memory  
and 263  
wireless services 1921, 246  
Word files 155, 157158  
worksheets. See Excel files  
Y
Z
display options for 217  
displaying images on 256  
entering information  
Yahoo! accounts 187  
YouTube application 109,  
opening a second  
browser 216  
linking to 217, 221, 263  
navigating through 217  
opening 216, 221  
recently viewed 221  
refreshing 217  
playing music from 113  
playing videos from 111  
searching for 216  
troubleshooting connections  
zoom gesture 4142  
troubleshooting access  
uploading pictures to 107,  
web search 62  
Week view 141  
web-based email 186, 190,  
Wide View 156  
Windows XP computers  
copying files 104, 110,  
webOS operating system 268  
websites  
transferring info from desktop  
software 79  
wired headsets 95  
accessing secure 216, 256  
activating phone 16  
blocking popups from 222  
318  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

MTX Audio Portable Speaker MPP410 User Manual
NETGEAR Network Router VPN Firewall 200 FVX538 User Manual
Newcon Optik Binoculars NVS 33 User Manual
Nortel Networks Switch 10292FA User Manual
Nostalgia Electrics Fondue Maker CFF990 User Manual
Omega Engineering Thermometer M0102 User Manual
Optoma Technology Projector TS725 User Manual
Oregon Scientific Clock Radio RM982A User Manual
Oregon Scientific Fitness Electronics SE331 User Manual
Panasonic Electric Shaver ESLA93 User Manual